Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Food Distribution / Corem Property Group

Corem Property Group

core · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker core
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Corem Property Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
d e l i ve r i n g   a

MILK

2016 Annual Report

freshvisionC O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

Core-Mark was the very first to bring FRESH to the Convenience  

Store Industry. Along with convenience, today’s shoppers are looking  

for fresh items for their families. Their demands for fresh produce,  

bakery, sandwiches and coffee have increased steadily year over year. 

The rise in interest in health-conscious snacks and beverages has also 

increased. Core-Mark has programs and solutions to meet our customers’ 

needs. We partner with our customers using advanced systems to 

ensure that there is a sustainable supply chain, unsurpassed quality, 

total satisfaction and increased profitability. 

Core-Mark delivers FRESH. We understand it and live by it.

Core-Mark delivers the best-in-class choices in fresh produce, dairy, bakery, beverages as  

well as health-conscious snacks and beverages to the Convenience Store Industry.

delivering fresh       C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

Dear Fellow Shareholders,

For Core-Mark, 2016 was a year of tremendous growth and excellent progress on the key 
strategies that we believe will drive long-term, profitable growth and create shareholder 
value. We posted record results in revenue, which grew over 30%, and Adjusted EBITDA, 
which grew approximately 13%. We achieved these results due, in large part, to the 
absorption of two large new customers: Murphy U.S.A. and 7-Eleven, and the successful 
acquisition of Pine State Convenience. We also successfully implemented both a human 
resource system and a financial system. Our ability to execute on these many fronts 
reflects the strength of our people and our culture, as well as our commitment to serving 
our customers with excellence and integrity. I am proud of our results and excited about 
our future. 

The Industry We Serve 

The convenience retail industry is one of the most vital industries in North America, 
representing over 30% of all retail locations in the country. Our industry is highly 
fragmented and competitive, but our approach to the market has proven over time that 
we have a competitive advantage, demonstrated by our significant long-term market 
share gains. Our advantage is our focus on providing value-added services to our 
customers that differentiate us in the marketplace, and help our customers outperform 
their competition. It is important to understand that single store owners continue to 
dominate our industry, comprising over 60% of the convenience stores in the country.  
This requires us to offer a very wide range of products and services to meet the needs of 
our diverse customer base. Our industry continues to grow, evolve and adapt to changes 
in consumer demands; we are constantly evaluating the products and services we offer 
our customers to align with those changes. This ensures that we are offering the right 
products to the right consumers at the right price. These dynamics help to drive both 
our strategy and our market opportunity. 

Long Term Vision 

Our Company’s mission statement is to be the market leader in the convenience industry. 
We have invested in systems, technology and people to ensure we deliver on our 
mission. Given the fragmented nature of our industry and our small market share, we 
believe that we should be able to grow our business long-term and we have invested in 
our company to prepare for that future growth.

In 2016, we made investments in a number of areas of our business, while also focusing 
on the generation of strong financial results. We acquired Pine State Convenience, which 
we purchased for $88 million and will integrate onto our systems in the fourth quarter of 
2017. We also invested in new systems, which we expect to create efficiencies and 
savings in our future. In addition, we invested in a new building for our Las Vegas 
division and continue to invest in our frozen and chill capacity to better service those 
fast growing and important categories. Finally, we continue to invest in leadership 
development to ensure we are prepared to become a larger organization servicing an 
evolving industry. 

[continued on next page]

Net Sales ($ billions)

$1 5.0

$1 4.0

$13.0

$12.0

$11.0

$10.0

$14.5

$11.1

2015

2016

Adjusted EBITDA* ($ millions)

$160.0

$150.0

$140.0

$1 30.0

$120.0

$152.3

$135.2

2015

2016

Diluted Earnings

$1.17

$1.11

$1.20

$1.15

$1.10

$1.05

$1.00

$.95

2015

2016

Cash Dividends ($ millions)

$16.0

$15.0

$14.0

$13.0

$12.0

$15.5

$12.8

2015

2016

*Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP 
measure, is equal to net income adding back 
net interest expense, provision for income 
taxes, depreciation and amortization,  
LIFO expense, stock-based compensation 
expense and net foreign currency  
transaction gains or losses.

Letter to our Shareholders 
C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

[continued]

Our Fresh and Vendor Consolidation Initiative (VCI) strategies had its best year ever in 2016 with aggregate incremental sales of $160 
million. These two strategies are essential to growing our profits at a higher rate than our revenues while also contributing to our 
customers’ profitable growth. VCI helps our customers take costs out of the very inefficient supply chain in our industry. Customers of 
all sizes increasingly recognize it is simply more logical and cost effective to have us provide more product on our trucks than to have 
multiple vendors making multiple deliveries to their stores. These strategies were also developed in anticipation of trends in “Fresh 
and Good For you” products which are now the fastest growing categories in the industry and reflect important changes in consumer 
preferences toward healthier eating. Collaborating with our customers to make sure they offer products that appeal to this growing 
consumer segment increases their relevance in a competitive retail marketplace while also improving their bottom lines. 

Our third strategy addresses the differential in net profits earned between our independent retailers and our chain customers. We 
discovered this discrepancy was due largely to a lack of marketing and category management expertise. Our Core Solutions Group 
developed category management and marketing expertise for these customers through our FMI surveys. These surveys help the 
independent store increase their profits by targeting what the consumer is demanding and selling those products at the right price.  
This initiative has been one of the most successful in the Company’s history. 

Our last core strategy is one of geographic expansion, primarily through acquisitions.  We have completed seven acquisitions and 
expanded into three new warehouses since 2006. We believe our approach to the market is resonating among the c-store 
industry and beyond, and it is our strategy to have a wider network of warehouses to service a broader market and expand our 
core strategies to more retailers. 

Overall, we believe we have significant opportunity to grow our business through delivering innovative new solutions, capturing 
additional market share and making opportunistic strategic acquisitions.

The Year Ahead

For 2017, we are expecting to return to more historical levels of growth with revenues growing between 5-7% and Adjusted EBITDA 
growing at 9-14%. Compared to the significant period of growth and investment in 2016, we see 2017 as a year of relative stability, 
where we focus on leveraging our operating costs, executing on the fundamentals and generating positive free cash flow. Of 
course, we also have exciting new opportunities, including our initial engagement with Walmart, where we are rolling out deliveries 
to over 500 of their stores in the spring.    

We will also continue to invest in our business in 2017 by expanding our frozen and chill capacity, growing our fleet to service 
additional volume and focusing on training the current and future leaders of the company. I view these investments as critical to 
our future success.

Increasing shareholder value through excellent operational execution and smart capital allocation decisions is very important to 
us. While we invested in our business during 2016, we also spent nearly $9 million purchasing our shares and spent nearly $16 
million on dividend payments. These decisions reflect our belief in the continued financial strength of our business and manage-
ment’s commitment to returning value to our shareholders. We plan to continue to invest in our business to prepare for the 
future and to ensure that our vision is realized and to continue to make smart capital allocation decisions.

I am confident that our focus on our core strategies paired with our commitment to execution on the fundamentals will generate 
excellent results in 2017 and additional successes over the coming years. I thank you, our shareholders, for your continued support. 

Thomas B. Perkins 
President and Chief Executive Officer

INTEGRITY        PIONEERING           FAMILY          COMMITTED        CUSTOMER 
                                                                                                                CENTRIC

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, DC 20549  

FORM 10-K 

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the transition period from                to                . 

Commission File Number: 000-51515 

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

20-1489747 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415 
South San Francisco, California 94080 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code) 

(650) 589-9445 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code) 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share 

Name of each exchange 
on which registered 
NASDAQ Global Market 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Yes  No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   No   

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes    No   

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes    No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  
Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No   

State  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  computed  by  reference  to  the 
price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of June 30, 2016, the 
last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $2,117,773,783  

As of February 24, 2017, the registrant had 46,315,364 shares of its common stock outstanding.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  information  called  for  by  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  will  be  included  in  an  amendment  to  this  Form  10-K  or  incorporated  by 
reference to the registrant’s 2017 definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

FORM 10-K 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

  Page 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

PART II 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

PART III 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

i 

1 

8 

14 

15 

16 

16 

17 

20 

22 

41 

42 

75 

75 

75 

76 

76 

76 

76 

76 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  are  forward-looking  statements 

made pursuant to the safe-harbor provisions of the Exchange Act of 1934 and the Securities Act of 1933. 

Forward-looking statements in some cases can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” 
“intend,” “expect,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “plan,” “propose” 
or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are based on 
our  current  intent,  beliefs,  plans  and  expectations.  They  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially from historical results or those described in or implied by such forward-looking statements. 

A  detailed  discussion  of  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  and  events  to  differ  materially  from  such 
forward-looking statements is included in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or 
revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

SEC Regulation - Non-GAAP Information 

The  financial  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (“Core-Mark”) uses certain non-
GAAP financial measures including Adjusted EBITDA, net income excluding LIFO expense, net sales less excise taxes, remaining 
gross profit, remaining gross profit margin, remaining gross profit margin less excise taxes and cigarette remaining gross profit per 
carton.  We  believe  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  provide  meaningful  supplemental  information  for  investors  regarding  the 
performance  of  our  business  and  facilitate  a  meaningful  period  to  period  evaluation.  Management  uses  these  non-GAAP  financial 
measures  in  order  to  have  comparable  financial  results  to  analyze  changes  in  Core-Mark’s  underlying  business.  These  non-GAAP 
measures  should  be  considered  as  a  supplement  to,  and  not  as  a  substitute  for,  or  superior  to,  financial  measures  calculated  in 
accordance with GAAP. More information about such measures are included in Item 7 - Adjusted EBITDA and Item 7- Non GAAP 
Financial Information. 

ii 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

PART I 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Core-Mark,” “the Company,” 

“we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  

Company Overview  

Core-Mark is one of the largest wholesale distributors to the convenience retail industry in North America, providing sales, 
marketing, distribution and logistics services to over 43,000 customer locations across the United States (U.S.) and Canada through 30 
distribution centers (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Our origins date back to 1888, 
when Glaser Bros., a family-owned-and-operated candy and tobacco distribution business, was founded in San Francisco, California.  

Our  mission  is  to  be  the  most  valued  marketer  of  fresh  and broad-line supply  solutions  to  the  convenience retail  industry. 
While the past century has brought incredible changes to our business and the world in which we operate, our goal is the same today 
as it was over 125 years ago - to provide customers with the best possible service and to help them grow their sales and profits. We 
have grown our business organically and through acquisitions which have expanded our distribution network, product selection and 
customer base.  

Core-Mark  has  become  one  of  two  national  distributors  to  the  convenience  store  industry  in  the  U.S.  and  is  the  largest  in 
Canada. The national market presence we have established rests primarily with our ability to service customers in every geographic 
region within the U.S. through 25 distribution centers and servicing customers in Canada with our five Canadian distribution centers. 

We operate in an industry where, in 2015, based on the National Association of Convenience Stores (“NACS”) State of the 
Industry (“SOI”) report, total in-store sales at convenience retail locations in the U.S. increased 5.8% to approximately $225.8 billion 
and were generated through approximately 154,000 stores. Over the ten years from 2006 through the end of 2015, U.S. convenience 
in-store sales have increased by a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.3%. Based on the Canadian Convenience Store 
Association  (“CCSA”)  2015  Industry  report,  we  estimate  that  total  Canadian  in-store  sales  at  convenience  locations  were 
approximately CAD$40.0 billion generated through approximately 26,000 stores. 

Company Highlights 

Net income grew from $26.2 million in 2011 to $54.2 million in 2016, or approximately 16% compounded annually. Our net 
sales  grew  from  $8.1  billion  in  2011  to  $14.5  billion  in  2016,  yielding  an  annual  compounded  growth  rate  of  approximately  12%, 
while our annual Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased from $91.9 million to $152.3 million, or approximately 11%, compounded annually. 
Our  growth  has  been  driven  primarily  by  our  business  strategies  described  more  fully  below.  We  believe  these  strategies  have 
positioned  us  to  continue  to grow our  approximate  6%  market  share  of  total  in-store  sales  within  the  convenience  store  channel  in 
North America and to take advantage of growth opportunities with other retail store formats. Below are key highlights of 2016: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In December 2016, we signed a three-year supply agreement to service approximately 530 Walmart Neighborhood 
Markets and Supercenter stores in five western states (Arizona, California, New Mexico, Nevada and Utah). We will 
be the primary distributor to these stores for candy, tobacco and certain snack foods. We expect to begin service 
under this agreement in May 2017.  

In June 2016, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Pine State Convenience, a division of Pine State Trading 
Company, located in Gardiner, Maine, for cash consideration of approximately $88 million.  

In October 2015, we signed a five-year agreement with Murphy U.S.A. to be the primary wholesale distributor to 
over 1,400 stores located in 24 states across the Southwest, Southeast and Midwest United States. Services under 
this contract began in the first quarter of 2016. We believe our services have created efficiencies and a strategic 
supply chain relationship for Murphy U.S.A. 

In October 2015, we signed a five-year supply agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. to service approximately 900 stores in 
three western regions. We began servicing 7-Eleven in October 2016 and we became the primary wholesale 
distributor delivering a wide range of products to these stores out of three of our divisions - Las Vegas, NV, Salt 
Lake City, UT and Sacramento, CA. 

(1)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. See reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in Item 7- Adjusted EBITDA. 

1 

 
Business Strategy 

Our objective is to increase overall return to stockholders by growing our revenues and leveraging operating costs to increase 
profitability.  As  one  of  the  largest  marketers  of  fresh  and  broad-line  supply  solutions  to  the  convenience  retail  industry  in  North 
America with a track record of effectively selling into other retail channels, we believe we are well-positioned to continue meeting this 
objective. Our business strategy also includes the following initiatives, designed to further enhance the value we provide to our retail 
customers: 

Vendor  Consolidation  Initiative  (“VCI”).  We  expect  our  VCI  program  will  allow  us  to  continue  to  grow  our  sales  by 
capitalizing  on  the  highly  fragmented  supply  chain  that  services  the  convenience  retail  industry.  A  convenience  retailer  generally 
receives store merchandise through a large number of direct-store deliveries. This represents a highly inefficient and costly process for 
retailers. Our VCI program targets inefficiencies in the convenience store supply chain by offering the retailer the ability to receive 
multiple  weekly  deliveries  for  the  bulk  of  their  products,  including  dairy  and  other  merchandise  they  purchased  from  direct-store 
delivery  companies.  This  simplifies  the  supply  chain  and  provides  retailers  with  an  opportunity  to  improve  inventory  turns  and 
working capital, reduce operational and transaction costs, and greatly diminish their out-of-stocks. 

Fresh  Products  (“Fresh”).  There  is  an  increasing  trend  among  consumers  to  purchase  fresh  food  from  convenience  and 
other retail store formats. To meet this demand, we have modified and upgraded our refrigerated capacity, including investing in chill 
docks,  and  tri-temperature  (“tri-temp”)  trailers,  which  provide  the  infrastructure  to  deliver  a  significant  range  of  chilled  items 
including  milk,  produce  and  other  fresh  foods  to  retail  outlets.  We  have  established  partnerships  with  strategically-located  dairies, 
fresh  kitchens  and  bakeries  to  further  enable  us  to  deliver  premium  consumer  items  such  as  sandwiches,  wraps,  cut-fruit,  parfaits, 
pastries, doughnuts, bread and home meal replacement solutions. We continue to promote our fresh products through the development 
of unique and comprehensive marketing and equipment programs that assist the retailer in showcasing their fresh product offering. We 
believe our investments in infrastructure, combined with our strategically located suppliers and in-house expertise, position us as the 
leader in providing fresh products and programs to the convenience retail industry. Proper execution of VCI, the cornerstone being 
dairy  distribution,  provides  Core-Mark  the  critical  mass  necessary  to  offer  retailers  a  multiple  weekly  delivery  platform,  which 
facilitates the proper handling and dating of fresh products. We believe that fresh items are increasingly driving consumer decisions, 
and will continue to be an important category. 

Focused  Marketing  Initiative  (“FMI”).  Designed  to  enhance  our  relationship  with  our  independent  customer  base  and  to 
further differentiate us in the market place, our FMI program is centered on increasing the sales and profitability of the independent 
store  through  improved  category  insights,  optimized  retail  price  strategy  and  demographic  decision-making,  along  with  providing 
Core-Mark’s  marketing  solutions  to  create  a  comprehensive  retail  marketing  strategy.  We  believe  our  innovative  approach,  which 
focuses on building a trusted partnership with our customers, has established us as the market leader in providing valuable marketing 
and supply chain solutions to the convenience retail industry. 

Acquisitions and Expansion. We believe there is significant opportunity to increase our market presence and revenue growth 
through strategic and opportunistic acquisitions and the continued expansion of our credit facility infrastructure. We completed seven 
acquisitions  and  added  three  additional  warehouses  between  2006  and  2016,  which  expanded  our  distribution  network,  product 
selection  and  customer  base.  We  will  continue  to  be  opportunistic  in  pursuing  acquisitions  that  allow  further  leveraging  of  our 
geographic footprint and bring Fresh and VCI to a broader customer base. 

Competitive Strengths  

We believe we have the following fundamental competitive strengths, which form the foundation for our business strategy: 

Innovation and Flexibility. Wholesale distributors typically provide convenience retailers access to a broad product line, the 
ability  to  place  small  quantity  orders,  inventory  management  and  access  to  trade  credit.  Our  capability  to  increase  sales  and 
profitability  with  existing  and  new  customers  is  based  on  our  ability  to  deliver  consistently  high  levels  of  service,  innovative 
marketing programs, technology solutions and logistics support. We believe we are one of the first to recognize emerging trends and 
to offer retailers our unique strategic solutions such as VCI, Fresh and FMI. 

Distribution Capabilities. The wholesale distribution industry is highly fragmented and historically has consisted of a large 
number  of  small,  privately-owned  businesses  and  a  small  number  of  large,  full-service  wholesale  distributors  serving  multiple 
geographic regions. Relative to smaller competitors, large national distributors such as Core-Mark benefit from several competitive 
advantages including: increased purchasing power, the ability to service large national chain accounts, economies of scale in sales and 
operations,  and  the  resources  to  invest  in  information  technology  and  other  productivity-enhancing  technologies.  Our  wholesale 
distributing  capabilities  provide  valuable  services  to  both  manufacturers  of  consumer  products  and  convenience  retailers. 
Manufacturers benefit from our broad retail coverage, inventory management, efficiency in processing small orders and frequency of 
deliveries.  Convenience  retailers  benefit  from  our  distribution  capabilities  by  gaining  access  to  a  broad  product  line,  optimizing 
inventory management and accessing trade credit. 

2 

Customers  

We service over 43,000 customer locations in 50 states in the U.S. and five Canadian provinces. Our primary customer base 
consists of traditional convenience stores as well as alternative outlets selling consumer packaged goods. Our traditional convenience 
store customers include many of the major national and super-regional convenience store operators, as well as independently owned 
convenience stores. Our alternative outlet customers comprise a variety of store formats, including grocery stores, drug stores, liquor 
stores,  cigarette  and  tobacco shops,  hotel  gift  shops,  military  exchanges,  college  and  corporate  campuses,  casinos, hardware  stores, 
airport concessions and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. 

Our top ten customers accounted for 43.2% of our net sales in 2016. Our largest customers were Murphy U.S.A., which the 
Company  began  servicing  in  the  first  quarter  of  2016,  and  Alimentation  Couche-Tard,  Inc.  (“Couche-Tard”).  Murphy  U.S.A  and 
Couche-Tard accounted for 12.0% and 11.4% of our total net sales, respectively. 

Products  

We  purchase  a  variety  of  brand name  and  private  label  products,  in  excess  of  53,000 stock  keeping units  (“SKUs”),  from 
suppliers and manufacturers. Cigarette products represent less than 5% of our total SKUs purchased. We offer customers a variety of 
food/non-food products, including fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, other tobacco products, 
general merchandise and health and beauty care products. 

Below is a comparison of our net sales mix by primary product category for the last three years (in millions): 

Product Category 
Cigarettes 
Food (1) 
Fresh (1) 
Candy 
Other tobacco products 

(“OTP”) 

Health, beauty & general 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 
Total food/non-food 

Net Sales 
  $  10,335.7 
1,422.5 
389.8 
620.0 

1,133.8 
446.7 
176.5 
4.4 

2016 

% of  
Net Sales 

71.1%   $ 

9.8 
2.7 
4.3 

7.8 
3.1 
1.2 
— 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

  % of Net  

Net Sales 

Sales 

7,528.5   
1,251.1   
335.0   
557.0   

870.3 
368.8   
156.6   
2.1   

68.0%   $ 
11.3 
3.0 
5.0 

8.0 
3.3 
1.4 
— 

Net Sales 
6,942.0  
1,180.9  
281.1  
534.3  

827.5  
361.0  
151.8  
1.5  

products 
Total net sales 

4,193.7 
  $  14,529.4 

28.9% 

100.0%   $ 

3,540.9 
11,069.4   

32.0% 
100.0%   $ 

3,338.1  
10,280.1  

2014 

% of  
Net Sales 

67.5% 
11.5 
2.7 
5.2 

8.1 
3.5 
1.5 
— 

32.5% 
100.0% 

(1) 

In 2016, the Fresh category was separated from the Food category to better highlight the growth in the Fresh commodity. The 2015 and 2014 presentations 
have been realigned to reflect these changes. 

Cigarette  Products.  We  purchase  cigarette  products  from  major  U.S.  and  Canadian  manufacturers.  We  have  no  long-term 
cigarette  purchase  agreements  and  buy  substantially  all  of  our  products  on  an  as-needed  basis.  Cigarette  manufacturers  historically 
offer structured incentive programs to wholesalers based on maintaining market share and executing promotional programs. Net sales 
of the cigarettes category grew 37.3% in 2016 to $10,335.7 million, accounting for approximately 71.1% of our total net sales and 
29.9% of our total gross profit in 2016. We control major purchases of cigarettes centrally to optimize inventory levels and purchasing 
opportunities, and the daily replenishment of inventory and brand selection is controlled by our distribution centers. 

In 2016 our cigarette carton sales in the U.S. and Canada increased 34.5% and 13.8%, respectively, benefiting from market 
share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A, and the acquisition of Pine State Convenience. In the industry overall, U.S. and 
Canadian  cigarette  consumption  steadily  declined  over  the  last  decade.  Based  on  data  compiled  from  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Agriculture - Economic Research Service and provided by the Tobacco Merchants Association (“TMA”), total cigarette consumption 
in  the  U.S  declined  from  389  billion  cigarettes  in  2006  to  275  billion  cigarettes  in  2015,  or  a  compounded  annual  decline  of 
approximately  3.8%.  Total  cigarette  consumption  declined  in  Canada  from  32  billion  cigarettes  in  2006  to  27  billion  cigarettes  in 
2015,  or  a  compounded  annual  decline  of  approximately  1.9%  based  on  statistics  provided  by  the  TMA.  Although  we  anticipate 
overall cigarette consumption will continue to decline, we expect to offset these declines through market share expansion, growth in 
our non-cigarette categories and incremental gross profit from cigarette manufacturer price increases.  

We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their 

overall profitability. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excise taxes are levied on cigarettes and other tobacco products by the U.S. and Canadian federal governments and are also 
imposed by various states, localities and provinces. We collect state, local, and provincial excise taxes from our customers and remit 
these amounts to the appropriate authorities based on the credit terms, if applicable, extended by each jurisdiction. Net sales and cost 
of sales included offsetting amounts related to state, local and provincial excise taxes were approximately $3.0 billion, $2.2 billion and 
$2.1 billion in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Food/Non-food Products. Our food products include fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, beverages and fresh products such 
as  sandwiches,  juices,  salads,  produce,  dairy  and  bread.  Our  non-food  products  include  cigars,  tobacco,  health  and  beauty  care 
products,  general  merchandise  and  equipment. Net  sales of  the  combined  food/non-food product  categories grew 18.4%  in  2016 to 
$4,193.7 million, which was 28.9% of our total net sales driven primarily by incremental sales to existing customers and market share 
gains including the acquisition of Pine State Convenience. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and FMI were the primary drivers of the 
increased sales to existing customers. Gross profit for food/non-food categories grew $59.5 million, or 13.0%, to $516.9 million in 
2016, which was 70.1% of our total gross profit. In order to take advantage of the significantly higher margins earned by food/non-
food products, two of our key business strategies, VCI and Fresh, focus primarily on the highest margin categories in the food/non-
food group. We believe there is an increasing trend toward purchases of fresh food from convenience and other retail store formats. 
Combined  sales  of  our  Food and  Fresh  categories  grew  $226.2  million,  or  14.3%,  to  $1,812.3  million. We  also  believe  there  is  an 
overall trend toward the increased use of other tobacco products. Sales of OTP increased $263.5 million, or 30.3%, driven primarily 
by this trend, as well as market share gains. Our strategy is to continue to grow food/non-food products through our VCI, Fresh, and 
FMI strategies. 

Suppliers  

We  purchase  products  for  resale  from  approximately  5,000  trade  suppliers  and  manufacturers  located  across  the  U.S.  and 
Canada.  In  2016,  we  purchased  approximately  79%  of  our  products  from  our  top  20  suppliers,  with  our  top  two  suppliers,  Philip 
Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, accounting for approximately 35% and 23% of our purchases, respectively. 
We  coordinate  our  purchasing  from  suppliers  by  negotiating,  on  a  corporate-wide  basis,  special  arrangements  to  obtain  volume 
discounts and additional incentives, while also taking advantage of promotional and marketing incentives offered to us as a wholesale 
distributor.  In  addition,  buyers  in  each  of  our  distribution  facilities  purchase  products  directly  from  the  manufacturers,  improving 
product mix and availability for individual markets. 

Operations  

As  of  December 31,  2016,  we  operated  a  network  of  30  distribution  centers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  (excluding  two 
distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Twenty-five of our distribution centers are located in the U.S. and 
five are located in Canada.  

The map below depicts the scope of our operations and the names of our distribution centers. 

4 

 
We  operate  four  consolidation  centers  which  buy  products  from  our  suppliers  in  bulk  quantities  and  then  re-distribute  the 
products  to  many  of  our other  distribution centers. The products  purchased  by our  consolidation  centers  include frozen  and  chilled 
items, candy, snacks, beverages, health and beauty care and general merchandise products. We operate two additional facilities as a 
third  party  logistics  provider.  One  distribution  facility  located  in  Phoenix,  Arizona,  referred  to  as  the  Arizona  Distribution  Center 
(“ADC”), is dedicated solely to supporting the logistics and management requirements of one of our major customers, Couche-Tard. 
The  second  distribution  facility  located  in  San  Antonio,  Texas,  referred  to  as  the  Retail  Distribution  Center  (“RDC”),  is  dedicated 
solely to supporting another major customer, CST Brands, Inc. 

Our  proprietary  Distribution  Center  Management  System  platform  provides  our  distribution  centers  with  the  flexibility  to 
adapt  rapidly  to  changing  business  needs  and  allows  them  to  provide  our  customers  with  necessary  information  technology 
requirements and integration capabilities. 

Distribution  

At December 31, 2016, we had approximately 1,800 transportation department personnel, including delivery drivers, shuttle 
drivers, routers, training supervisors and managers who focus on achieving safe, on-time deliveries. Our daily orders are picked and 
loaded nightly in reverse order of scheduled delivery. At December 31, 2016, our distribution fleet primarily consisted of nearly 1,500 
leased tractors and trailers with over 500 additional owned trailers. We have made a significant investment over the past few years in 
upgrading  our  trailer  fleet  to  tri-temp,  which  gives  us  the  capability  to  deliver  frozen,  chilled  and  non-refrigerated  goods  in  one 
delivery.  As  of  December 31,  2016,  approximately  97%  of  our  trailers  were  tri-temp,  with  the  remainder  capable  of  delivering 
refrigerated  and  non-refrigerated  foods.  This  provides  us  the  multiple  temperature  zone  capability  needed  to  support  our  focus  on 
delivering fresh products to our customers. We have transitioned a portion of our truck fleet to Compressed Natural Gas (“CNG”), 
which allows us to reduce our carbon footprint and lower our transportation costs. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 20% of 
our trucks ran on CNG. To date, we have opened seven CNG stations, two of which we own, located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 
and Corona, California, and the other five are operated in partnership with U.S. Oil and are located in Aurora, Colorado, Forrest City, 
Arkansas, Sanford, North Carolina, Atlanta, Georgia and Tampa, Florida under the name GAIN Clean Fuel (“GAIN”). In addition to 
providing fuel to our fleet, the GAIN stations are also open to other public fleets for fueling. 

Competition  

Competition within the industry is based primarily on the range and quality of the services provided, price, product selection 
and the reliability of wholesalers’ logistics as well as proximity to the customer’s stores. We operate from a perspective that focuses 
heavily  on  flexibility  and  providing  outstanding  customer  service  through  our  distribution  centers,  order  fulfillment  rates,  on-time 
delivery, innovative marketing solutions and merchandising support as well as competitive pricing. 

We believe McLane Company, Inc., a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., and Core-Mark are the two largest convenience 
wholesale distributors (measured by annual sales) in North America. There are two other large companies that cover the eastern half 
of the U.S: The H.T. Hackney Company and the Eby Brown Company. In addition, there are hundreds of local distributors serving 
small  regional  chains  and  independent  convenience  retailers.  In  Canada,  in  addition  to  Core-Mark,  there  is  one  large  national 
company,  Wallace  &  Carey,  Inc.,  one  regional  company  which  services  the  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan  and  Alberta  markets,  Pratts 
Wholesale Limited, and one large national convenience store and grocery wholesaler, Sobeys Inc., aside from Core-Mark, that make 
up the competitive landscape. 

Beyond  the  traditional  wholesale  supply  channels,  we  face  potential  competition  from  at  least  three  other  supply  avenues. 
First, certain manufacturers such as Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc., MillerCoors LLC, The Coca-Cola Company, Frito-Lay, Inc., a 
division of PepsiCo, Inc. (“PepsiCo”) and PepsiCo deliver their products directly to convenience retailers. Secondly, club wholesalers 
such  as  Costco  Wholesale  Corporation  (“Costco”)  and  Sam’s  West,  Inc.  (“Sam’s  Club”)  provide  a  limited  selection  of  products  at 
generally competitive prices; however, they often have limited delivery options and limited services. Finally, some large convenience 
retail chains self-distribute products due to the geographic density of their stores and their belief that they can economically service 
such locations. 

We face competition from the diversion into the U.S. and Canadian markets of cigarettes intended for sale outside of such 
markets, including the sale of cigarettes in non-taxable jurisdictions, inter-state/provincial and international smuggling of cigarettes, 
the sale of counterfeit cigarettes by third parties, increased imports of foreign low priced brands, the sale of cigarettes by third parties 
over  the  internet  and  by  other  means  designed  to  avoid  collection  of  applicable  taxes.  The  competitive  environment  has  been 
characterized by a continued influx of cheap products and tobacco alternatives, including electronic cigarettes that challenge sales of 
higher priced and fully taxed cigarettes. 

Working Capital Practices  

We sell products on credit terms to our customers that averaged, as measured by days sales outstanding, about nine days for 
each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. Credit terms may impact pricing and are competitive within our industry. Many of our customers remit 
payment  electronically,  which  facilitates  efficient  and  timely  monitoring  of  payment  risk.  Canadian  days  sales  outstanding  in 
receivables tend to be lower as Canadian industry practice is for shorter credit terms than in the U.S. 

5 

We maintain our inventory of products based on the level of sales of the particular product and manufacturer replenishment 
cycles.  The  number  of  days  a  particular  item  of  inventory  remains  in  our  distribution  centers  varies  by  product  and  is  principally 
driven by the turnover of that product and economic order quantities. We typically order and carry in inventory additional amounts of 
certain critical products to assure high order fulfillment levels for these items. Periodically, we may carry higher levels of inventory to 
take advantage of anticipated manufacturer price increases. The number of days of cost of sales in inventory averaged about 15 days in 
2016, and 16 days in both 2015 and 2014. The cigarette category averaged nine days, ten days, and nine days, in 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. The food/non-food categories averaged 27 days in 2016, and 29 days in both 2015 and 2014. 

We  obtain  terms  from  our  vendors  and  certain  taxing  jurisdictions  based  on  industry  practices,  consistent  with  our  credit 
standing.  We  take  advantage  of  the  full  complement  of  term  offerings,  which  may  include  enhanced  cash  discounts  for  earlier 
payment  or  prepayment.  Terms  for  our  accounts  payable  and  cigarette  and  tobacco  taxes  payable  range  anywhere  from  one  day 
prepaid to 60 days credit. Days payable outstanding for both categories, excluding the impact of prepayments, during each of 2016, 
2015 and 2014 averaged about 11 days. 

Employees 

The following chart provides a breakdown of our employees by function and geographic region (including employees at our 

third party logistics facilities) as of December 31, 2016: 

TOTAL EMPLOYEES BY BUSINESS FUNCTION 

Sales and Marketing 
Warehousing and Distribution 
Management, Administration, Finance and Purchasing 

Total Categories 

U.S. 

Canada 

Total 

1,465   
4,766   
834   
7,065   

108 
367 
148 
623 

1,573  
5,133  
982  
7,688  

Three  of  our  distribution  centers,  Hayward,  Las  Vegas  and  Calgary,  have  employees  who  are  covered  by  collective 
bargaining agreements with local affiliates of The International Brotherhood of Teamsters (Hayward and Las Vegas) and the United 
Food and Commercial Workers International Union (Calgary). Approximately 325 employees, or 4% of our workforce, are unionized. 
There  have  been  no  disruptions  in  customer  service,  strikes,  work  stoppages  or  slowdowns  as  a  result  of  union  activities,  and  we 
believe we have satisfactory relations with our employees. 

Regulation  

As  a distributor  of food  products  in  the U.S., we  are  subject  to  the  Federal  Food, Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act  and regulations 
promulgated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). In Canada, similar standards related to food and over-the-counter 
medications  are  governed  by  Health  Canada.  The  products  we  distribute  are  also  subject  to  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local 
regulation  through  such  measures  as  the  licensing  of  our  facilities,  enforcement  by  state,  provincial  and  local  health  agencies  of 
relevant standards for the products we distribute and regulation of our trade practices in connection with the sale of our products. Our 
facilities  are  inspected  periodically  by  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local  authorities,  including  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 
Administration (“OSHA”) under the U.S. Department of Labor, which require us to comply with certain health and safety standards to 
protect our employees.  

We are also subject to regulation by the U.S. and Canadian Departments of Transportation, which regulate transportation of 
perishable  goods,  and  similar  state,  provincial  and  local  agencies.  Our  distribution  centers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  are  subject  to  a 
broad spectrum of federal, state, provincial and local environmental protection statutes including those that govern the emissions to 
air, soil and water, and the disposal of hazardous substances.  

Our policy is to comply with all regulatory and legal requirements and management is not aware of any related issues that 

may have a material effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Registered Trademarks  

We have registered trademarks including the following: Arcadia Bay®, Arcadia Bay Coffee Company®, Cable Car®, Core-

Mark®, Core Solutions Group®, EMERALD®, Java Street®, SmartStock® and Pine State Convenience®. 

Segment and Geographic Information  

We have two operating segments which aggregate into one reportable segment. We also present certain financial information 
by  segment  region  --  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  See  Note  16  -  Segment  and  Geographic  Information  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

6 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Seasonality 

We typically generate slightly higher net sales and gross profits during the warm weather months (April through September) 
than in other times throughout the year. We believe this occurs because the convenience store industry tends to be busier due to timing 
of vacations and increase in travel during this period. 

Corporate and Available Information  

Our corporate headquarters is located at 395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415, South San Francisco, California, 94080 and 

our telephone number is (650) 589-9445. 

Our internet website address is www.core-mark.com. We provide free access to various reports that we file with or furnish to 
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been 
filed or furnished. These reports include, but are not limited to, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, 
current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the “Investor Relations” 
section of our website under “Financials and Filings,” or through www.sec.gov. Further, a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
is  located  at  the  SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room  at  100  F  Street,  NE,  Washington  D.C.  20549.  Information  on  the  operation  of  the 
Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. 

Also  available  on  our  website  are  printable  versions  of  Core-Mark’s  Audit  Committee  Charter,  Compensation  Committee 
Charter,  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  Charter,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  Corporate  Governance 
Guidelines and Principles and other corporate information. Copies of these documents may also be requested from: 

Core-Mark International  
395 Oyster Point Blvd, Suite 415  
South San Francisco, CA 94080  
Attention: Investor Relations  

Corporate Governance--Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy: 

Our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  is  designed  to  promote  honest,  ethical  and  lawful  conduct  by  all  employees, 
officers  and  directors  and  is  available  on  the  “Investor  Relations”  section  of  our  website  at  www.core-mark.com  under  “Corporate 
Governance.” 

Additionally,  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Core-Mark  has  established  procedures  to  receive,  retain, 
investigate  and  act  on  complaints  and  concerns  of  employees,  stockholders  and  others  regarding  accounting,  internal  accounting 
controls  and  auditing  matters,  including  complaints  regarding  attempted  or  actual  circumvention  of  internal  accounting  controls  or 
complaints regarding violations of our accounting policies. The procedures are also described on our website at www.core-mark.com 
under “Corporate Governance” in the “Investor Relations” section. 

7 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS  

Our business is subject to a variety of risks. Set forth below are certain of the important risks that we face, the occurrence of 

which may have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry 

Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired by the risks and costs associated with expansion activities. 

Our business has expanded rapidly and market share growth is one of our key company initiatives. To accomplish this growth 
we  have  focused  on  strategic  acquisitions  and  securing  large  regional  and  national  customers  as  key  elements  of  success.  Any 
significant expansion activity comes with inherent risks. Acquisitions may entail various risks such as identifying suitable candidates, 
realizing  acceptable  rates  of  return  on  the  investment,  identifying  potential  liabilities,  obtaining  adequate  financing,  negotiating 
acceptable terms and conditions, and successfully integrating operations and converting systems post acquisition. Integrating a large 
new customer has similar risks of realizing acceptable returns on invested working capital, negotiating acceptable pricing and service 
levels, while managing resources and business interruptions as we integrate the new business into our current infrastructure. We may 
realize higher costs, lower margins or fewer benefits than originally anticipated and may experience disruption to our base business in 
connection with such acquisitions and other new customer integration activities.  

We depend on attracting and retaining qualified labor including our senior management and other key personnel. 

We substantially depend on the continued services and performance of our senior executive officers as named in our Proxy 
Statement and other key employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on these individuals, and we do not have 
employment agreements with any of them. The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other key personnel could 
harm our business. 

We  compete  with  other  businesses  in  each  of  our  markets  with  respect  to  attracting  and  retaining  qualified  employees.  A 
shortage of qualified employees, especially drivers, in a market could require us to enhance our wage and benefit packages in order to 
compete  effectively  in  the  hiring  and  retention  of  qualified  employees  or  to  hire  more  expensive  temporary  employees.  Any  such 
shortage of qualified employees could decrease our ability to effectively serve our customers and might lead to lower profits because 
of higher labor costs. 

Our ability to meet our labor needs is generally subject to numerous other external factors, including prevailing wage rates, 
changing demographics, health and other insurance costs, and adoption of new or revised employment and labor laws and regulations. 
These external factors could prevent us from locating, attracting or retaining qualified personnel, which would impact the quality of 
the services which provide to our customers, and our financial performance may be adversely affected.  

We  are  dependent on  the  convenience  retail  industry,  and our  results  of  operations  could  suffer  if  it  experiences  an overall 
decline or consolidation. 

The  majority  of  our  sales  are  made  under  purchase  orders  and  short-term  contracts  with  convenience  retail  stores  which 
inherently  involve  significant  risks.  These  risks  include  declining  sales  in  the  convenience  retail  industry  due  to  general  economic 
conditions, including rising gasoline prices, which may impact “in-store” retail sales, competition from grocery stores and other retail 
outlets,  termination  of  customer  relationships  and  consolidation  of  our  customer  base.  Such  events  could  cause  us  to  experience 
decreases in revenues and put pressure on our margins and increase our credit risk and potential bad debt exposure. 

Many of the markets in which we compete are highly competitive and we may lose market share and suffer a decline in sales 
and profitability in these markets if we are unable to outperform our competition. 

Our  distribution  centers  operate  in  highly  competitive  markets.  We  face  competition  from  local,  regional  and  national 
tobacco  and  consumable  products  distributors  on  the  basis  of  service,  price,  reliability,  delivery  schedules,  and  variety  of  products 
offered. We also face competition from club stores and alternate sources that sell consumable products to convenience retailers. Some 
of our competitors, including McLane Company, Inc. (a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc.), have substantial financial resources 
and long-standing customer relationships. In addition, heightened competition among our existing competitors, or by new entrants into 
the distribution market, could create additional competitive pressures that may result in the loss of major customers, reduced margins, 
or have other adverse effects on our business. If we fail to successfully respond to these competitive pressures or to implement our 
strategies effectively, we may lose market share and our results of operations could suffer. 

Our failure to maintain relationships with large customers could potentially harm our business. 

We  have  relationships  with  many  large  regional  and  national  convenience  and  other  store  chains.  While  we  expect  to 
maintain these relationships for the foreseeable future, any termination, non-renewal or reduction in services that we provide to such 
customers could cause our revenues and operating results to suffer. 

8 

We may lose business if manufacturers or large retail customers convert to direct distribution of their products. 

In the past, certain large manufacturers and customers have elected to engage in direct distribution or third party distribution 
of  their  products  and  eliminate  wholesale  distributors  such  as  Core-Mark.  If  other  manufacturers  or  retail  customers  make  similar 
elections  in  the  future, our revenues  and profits  would be  adversely  affected  and  there  can be no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able to 
mitigate such losses. 

Our business is sensitive to fuel prices and related transportation costs, which could adversely affect our business. 

Our operating results are sensitive to, and may be adversely affected by, unexpected increases in fuel or other transportation-
related costs, including costs from the use of third party carriers, temporary staff and overtime. Historically, we have been able to pass 
on  a  substantial  portion  of  increases  in  our  own  fuel  or  other  transportation  costs  to  our  customers  in  the  form  of  fuel  or  delivery 
surcharges, but our ability to continue to pass through these increases, is not assured. If we are unable to continue to pass on fuel and 
transportation-related cost increases to our customers or do not realize the benefits we expect from converting a large percentage of 
our trucks to operate on natural gas or incur higher expenses if the price of diesel fuel decreases but the price of natural gas does not 
similarly decrease, our operating results could be negatively affected. 

Cigarette and consumable goods distribution is a low-margin business sensitive to inflation and deflation. 

We  derive  most  of  our  revenues  from  the  distribution  of  cigarettes,  other  tobacco  products,  candy,  snacks,  fast  food, 
groceries, fresh products, dairy, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care products. Our industry is characterized by 
a high volume of sales with low profit margins. Our food/non-food sales are generally priced based on the manufacturer’s cost of the 
product  plus  a  percentage  markup.  As  a  result,  our  profit  levels  may  be  negatively  impacted  during  periods  of  cost  deflation  or 
stagnation for these products, even though our gross profit as a percentage of the price of goods sold may remain relatively constant. 
In addition, periods of product cost inflation may have a negative impact on our gross profit margins with respect to sales of cigarettes 
because  gross  profit  on  cigarette  sales  are  generally  fixed  on a  cents per  carton  basis.  Therefore,  as cigarette  prices  increase, gross 
profit  generally  decreases  as  a  percentage  of  sales.  In  addition,  if  the  cost  of  the  cigarettes  that  we  purchase  increases  due  to 
manufacturer price increases, reduced or eliminated manufacturer discounts and incentive programs or increases in applicable excise 
tax rates, our inventory carrying costs and accounts receivable could rise, placing pressure on our working capital requirements. 

We  rely  on  manufacturer  discount  and  incentive  programs  and  cigarette  excise  stamping  allowances,  and  any  material 
changes in these programs could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  receive payments  from  the  manufacturers on  the products we distribute for  allowances, discounts,  volume  rebates  and 
other merchandising and incentive programs. These payments are a substantial contributor to our gross profit. The amount and timing 
of these payments are affected by changes in the programs by the manufacturers, our ability to sell specified volumes of a particular 
product,  attaining  specified  levels  of  purchases  by  our  customers  and  the  duration  of  carrying  a  specified  product.  In  addition,  we 
receive  discounts  from  certain  taxing  jurisdictions  in  connection  with  the  collection  of  excise  taxes.  If  the  manufacturers  or  taxing 
jurisdictions change or discontinue these programs or change the timing of payments, or if we are unable to maintain the volume of 
our sales required by such programs, our results of operations could be negatively affected. 

We depend on relatively few suppliers for a large portion of our products, and any interruptions in the supply of the products 
that we distribute could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We obtain the products we distribute from third party suppliers. At December 31, 2016, we had approximately 5,000 vendors 
and  during  2016  we  purchased  approximately  79%  of  our  products  from  our  top  20  suppliers,  with  purchases  from  our  top  two 
suppliers, Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, representing approximately 35% and 23% of our purchases, 
respectively. We do not have  any  long-term  contracts with our suppliers  committing  them  to provide products to  us. Our  suppliers 
may not provide the products we distribute in the quantities we request on favorable terms, or at all. We are also subject to delays 
caused by interruption in production due to conditions outside our control, such as slow-downs or strikes by employees of suppliers, 
inclement  weather,  transportation  interruptions,  regulatory  requirements  and  natural  disasters.  Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate 
supplies of the products we distribute could cause us to fail to meet our contractual and other obligations to our customers and reduce 
the volume of our sales and profitability. 

We  may  be  subject  to  product  liability  claims  and  counterfeit  product  claims  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our 
business. 

As a distributor of food and consumer products, we face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the 
use of a product sold by us causes injury or illness. In addition, certain products that we distribute may be subject to counterfeiting. 
Our business could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of the food and other products we 
distribute.  Further,  our  operations  could  be  subject  to  disruptions  as  a  result  of  manufacturer  recalls.  This  risk  may  increase  as  we 
continue to expand our distribution of fresh products. If we do not have adequate insurance, if contractual indemnification from the 
supplier or manufacturer of the defective, contaminated or counterfeit product is not available, or if a supplier or manufacturer cannot 
fulfill its indemnification obligations to us, the liability relating to such product claims or disruption as a result of recall efforts could 
materially adversely impact our results of operations. 

9 

We may not be able to achieve the expected benefits from the implementation of marketing initiatives. 

We are continuously improving our competitive performance through a series of strategic marketing initiatives. The goal of 
this  effort  is  to  develop  and  implement  a  comprehensive  and  competitive  business  strategy,  addressing  the  special  needs  of  the 
convenience industry environment, increasing our market position within the industry and ultimately creating increased stockholder 
value.  Customer  acceptance  of  our  new  marketing  initiatives  may  not  be  as  anticipated  or  competitive  pressures  may  cause  us  to 
curtail or abandon these initiatives, resulting in lower revenue growth and unachieved cost savings. 

Maintaining our brand and reputation is necessary for the success of our business. 

Our established brand and reputation within the market largely contributes to our success. Our current and future business 
could  be  negatively  impacted  if  we  were  poorly  represented  or  garnered  negative  publicity  through  various  media  channels,  which 
include  but  are  not  limited  to,  print,  broadcast,  web-based,  and  social  media.  Brand  value  is  based  in  large  part  on  perceptions  of 
subjective  qualities,  and  even  isolated  incidents  can  erode  trust  and  confidence,  particularly  if  they  result  in  adverse  publicity, 
governmental investigations or litigation. Even if the aforementioned situations were unfounded or not material to our business, these 
events could still diminish demand for our products and services and erode customer confidence. If any of these events were to occur, 
they could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. 

Our  information  technology  systems  may  be  subject  to  failure,  disruptions,  security  breaches  (such  as  malware,  viruses, 
hacking  or  other  cyber-attacks)  which  could  compromise  our  ability  to  conduct  business,  seriously  harm  our  business  and 
adversely affect our financial results. 

Our business is highly dependent on our enterprise information technology systems. We rely on our information technology 
systems and our internal information technology staff to maintain the information required to operate our distribution centers and to 
provide  our  customers  with  fast,  efficient  and  reliable  deliveries.  We  have  taken  steps  to  increase  redundancy  in  our  information 
technology systems and have disaster recovery plans in place to mitigate events that could disrupt our systems’ service. However, if 
our systems fail or are not reliable, we may suffer disruptions in service to our customers and our results of operations could suffer.  

We  may  upgrade  and  replace  various  components  of  our  proprietary  enterprise  resource  planning  (“ERP”)  system 
periodically with the goal of maintaining and improving overall functionality, performance and service. As technology-based solutions 
become  more  integrated  with  our  service  offerings,  our  ability  to  service  our  customers  could  be  impacted,  creating  additional 
competitive pressure and causing us to lose market share. 

In  addition,  we  retain  sensitive  data,  including  intellectual  property,  proprietary  business  information  and  personally 
identifiable  information,  in  our  secure  data  centers  and  on  our  networks.  We  may  face  threats  to  our  data  centers  and  networks  of 
unauthorized  access,  security  breaches  and  other  system  disruptions.  Despite  our  security  measures,  our  infrastructure  may  be 
vulnerable to attacks by experienced hackers or other disruptive events. 

Computer malware, viruses, hacking and other cyber-attacks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in 
the future. Intruders may also take the form of parties that attempt to fraudulently induce employees or other users of our systems to 
disclose sensitive or confidential information or otherwise disrupt operations. Any such security breach may compromise information 
stored on our networks and may result in significant data losses or theft of intellectual property, proprietary business information or 
personally  identifiable  information  belonging  to  us  or  our  customers,  business  partners  or  employees.  Though  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  what,  if  any,  harm  may  directly  result  from  any  specific  interruption  or  attack,  any  failure  to  maintain  performance, 
reliability  and  security  affects  the  availability  of  our  technical  infrastructure  and  technology-based  services.  Any  such  failure  may 
harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and could impact our results of operation. 

We may be subject to various claims and lawsuits that could result in significant expenditures. 

The  nature  of  our  business  exposes  us  to  the  potential  for  various  claims  and  litigation  related  to  labor  and  employment, 
personal  injury,  property  damage,  business  practices,  environmental  liability  and  other  matters.  Any  material  litigation  or  a 
catastrophic  accident  or  series  of  accidents  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations and cash flows. 

Unions may attempt to organize our employees. 

As of December 31, 2016, 325, or approximately 4%, of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements 
with labor organizations, which agreements expire at various times. We cannot assure that we will be able to renew our respective 
collective bargaining agreements on favorable terms, that employees at other facilities will not unionize or that our labor costs will not 
increase.  In  addition,  the  United  States  National  Labor  Relations  Board  (“NLRB”)  is  becoming  more  active  with  the  passage  of 
administrative  rules  that  could  impact  our  ability  to  manage  our  labor  force  and  wage  successful  campaigns  preventing  further 
unionization of our employees. To the extent we suffer business interruptions as a result of strikes or other work stoppages or slow-
downs,  or  our labor  costs  increase  and  we  are  not  able  to  recover  such increases  through  increased  prices  charged  to  customers  or 
offsets by productivity gains, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

10 

Employee health benefit costs represent a significant expense to us and may negatively affect our profitability. 

With  over  5,000  employees  and  their  families  participating  in  our  health  plans,  our  expenses  relating  to  employee  health 
benefits  are  substantial.  In  past  years,  we  have  experienced  significant  increases  in  certain  of  these  costs,  largely  as  a  result  of 
economic  factors  beyond  our  control,  including,  in  particular,  ongoing  increases  in  health  care  costs  well  in  excess  of  the  rate  of 
inflation. Increased participation in our health plans, continued increasing health care costs, as well as changes in laws, regulations and 
assumptions  used  to  calculate  health  and  benefit  expenses,  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  position  and  results  of 
operations. In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) may continue to increase our employee healthcare-
related costs. We have migrated a significant number of employees to our high deductible plan resulting in a reduction in our claims 
exposure and offsetting other costs related to ACA. While we have taken steps to minimize the impact of ACA, there is no guarantee 
our efforts will be successful.  

Changes to minimum wage laws and other governmental legislation or regulations could increase our costs substantially. 

As  of  December 31,  2016,  we  had  no  employees  who  were  paid  under  the  minimum  wage  in  their  respective  locations. 
Several bills have been introduced in the U.S. legislature over the past few years to increase the federal minimum wage. In addition, 
certain  states  have  adopted  or  are  considering  adopting  minimum  wage  statutes  that  exceed  the  federal  minimum  wage  rate.  Any 
increases in federal or state minimum wages could require us to increase the wages paid to our minimum wage employees and create 
pressure to raise wages for other employees who already earn above-minimum wages. If we are unable to pass these additional labor 
costs  on  to  our  customers  in  the  form  of  increased  prices  or  surcharges,  our  business  and  results  of  operations would  be  adversely 
affected. 

If we are unable to comply with governmental regulations that affect our business or if there are substantial changes in these 
regulations, our business could be adversely affected. 

As a distributor of food and other consumable products, we are subject to regulation by the FDA, Health Canada and similar 
regulatory  authorities  at  the  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local  levels.  In  addition,  our  employees  operate  tractor  trailers,  trucks, 
forklifts and various other powered material handling equipment and we are therefore subject to regulation by the U.S. and Canadian 
Departments of Transportation. Our operations are also subject to regulation by OSHA, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration 
and  a  myriad  of  other  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local  agencies.  Each  of  these  regulatory  authorities  has  broad  administrative 
powers with respect to our operations. Regulations, and the costs of complying with those regulations, have been increasing in recent 
years. If we fail to adequately comply with government regulations, we could experience increased inspections or audits, regulatory 
authorities could take remedial action including imposing fines or shutting down our operations or we could be subject to increased 
compliance costs. If any of these events were to occur, our results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Natural disaster damage could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our headquarters and several of our warehouses in California, and one warehouse located near Vancouver, British Columbia, 
Canada, are in or near high hazard earthquake zones. We also have operations in areas that have been affected by natural disasters 
such as hurricanes, tornados, floods, and ice and snow storms. While we maintain insurance to cover us for certain potential losses, 
our insurance may not be sufficient in the event of a significant natural disaster or payments under our policies may not be received 
timely enough to prevent adverse impacts on our business. Our customers could also be affected by like events, which could adversely 
affect our sales and results of operations. 

Insurance and claims expenses could have a material adverse effect on us. 

We have a combination of both self-insurance and high-deductible insurance programs for the risks arising out of the services 
we  provide  and  the  nature  of  our  operations  throughout  North  America,  including  claims  exposure  resulting  from  personal  injury, 
property  damage,  business  interruption  and  workers’  compensation.  Workers’  compensation,  automobile  and  general  liabilities  are 
determined using actuarial estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred and an estimate of incurred but not reported claims. 
Our  accruals  for  insurance  reserves  reflect  certain  actuarial  assumptions  and  management  judgments,  which  are  subject  to  a  high 
degree of variability. If the number or severity of claims for which we are retaining risk increases, our financial condition and results 
of operations could be adversely affected. If we lose our ability to self-insure these risks, our insurance costs could materially increase 
and we may find it difficult to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage. 

11 

Risks Related to the Distribution of Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products 

Our sales volume is largely dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes, sales of which are declining generally. 

The distribution of cigarettes is currently a significant portion of our business. In 2016, approximately 71.1% of our net sales 
(which includes excise taxes) and 29.9% of our gross profit were generated from the distribution of cigarettes. Due to increases in the 
prices  of  cigarettes,  restrictions  on  cigarette  manufacturers’  marketing  and  promotions,  increases  in  cigarette  regulation  and  excise 
taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, the rise in popularity of tobacco alternatives, including electronic 
cigarettes, and other factors, cigarette consumption in the U.S. and Canada has been declining gradually over the past few decades. In 
most instances, tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, are not subject to federal, state, provincial and local excise taxes like 
the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products. We expect consumption trends of legal cigarette products will continue 
to  be  negatively  impacted  by  the  factors  described  above.  In  addition,  we  expect  rising  prices  may  lead  to  a  higher  percentage  of 
consumers purchasing cigarettes through illicit markets, over the internet and by other means designed to avoid payment of cigarette 
taxes. If we are unable to sell other products to make up for these declines in cigarette unit sales, our operating results may suffer. 

Legislation, regulation and other matters are negatively affecting the cigarette and tobacco industry. 

The tobacco industry is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations regarding the marketing, distribution, sale, taxation 
and use of tobacco products imposed by governmental entities. Various jurisdictions have adopted or are considering legislation and 
regulations  restricting  displays  and  marketing  of  tobacco  products,  establishing  fire  safety  standards  for  cigarettes,  raising  the 
minimum  age  to  possess  or  purchase  tobacco  products,  requiring  the  disclosure  of  ingredients  used  in  the  manufacture  of  tobacco 
products, imposing restrictions on public smoking, restricting the sale of tobacco products directly to consumers or other recipients 
over  the  internet  and  other  tobacco  product  regulation.  In  addition,  the  FDA  has  been  empowered  to  regulate  changes  to  nicotine 
yields  and  the  chemicals  and  flavors  used  in  tobacco  products  (including  cigars,  pipe  and  e-cigarette  products),  require  ingredient 
listings be displayed on tobacco products, prohibit the use of certain terms which may attract youth or mislead users as to the risks 
involved with using tobacco products, as well as limit or otherwise impact the marketing of tobacco products by requiring additional 
labels  or  warnings  as  well  as  pre-approval  by  the  FDA.  Such  legislation  and  related  regulation  is  likely  to  continue  adversely 
impacting the market for tobacco products and, accordingly, our sales of such products. 

In Canada, many provinces have enacted legislation authorizing and facilitating the recovery by provincial governments of 
tobacco-related  health  care  costs  from  the  tobacco  industry  by  way  of  lawsuit.  Some  Canadian  provincial  governments  have  either 
already initiated lawsuits or indicated an intention that such lawsuits will be filed. It is unclear at this time how such restrictions and 
lawsuits may affect Core-Mark and its Canadian operations. 

If excise taxes are increased or credit terms are reduced, our sales of cigarettes and other tobacco products could decline and 
our liquidity could be negatively impacted. 

Cigarettes  and  tobacco  products  are  subject  to  substantial  excise  taxes  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  Significant  increases  in 
cigarette-related  taxes  and/or  fees  have  been  proposed  or  enacted  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  be  proposed  or  enacted  by  various 
taxing jurisdictions within the U.S. and Canada as a means of increasing government revenues. These tax increases negatively impact 
consumption.  Additionally,  they  may  cause  a  shift  in  sales  from  premium  brands  to  discount  brands,  illicit  channels  or  tobacco 
alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, as smokers seek lower priced options. 

Taxing jurisdictions have the ability to change or rescind credit terms currently extended for the remittance of tax that we 
collect  on  their  behalf.  If  these  excise  taxes  are  substantially  increased  or  credit  terms  are  substantially  reduced,  it  could  have  a 
negative impact on our liquidity. Accordingly, we may be required to obtain additional debt financing, which we may not be able to 
obtain on satisfactory terms or at all. 

Our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products exposes us to potential liabilities. 

In June 1994, the Mississippi attorney general brought an action against various tobacco industry members on behalf of the 
state  to  recover  state  funds  paid  for  health  care  costs  related  to  tobacco  use.  Most  other  states  sued  the  major  U.S.  cigarette 
manufacturers  based  on  similar  theories.  In  November  1998,  the  major  U.S.  tobacco  product  manufacturers  entered  into  a  Master 
Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) with 46 states, the District of Columbia and certain U.S. territories. The other four states--Mississippi, 
Florida,  Texas  and  Minnesota  (non-MSA  states)--settled  their  litigations  with  the  major  cigarette  manufacturers  by  separate 
agreements. The MSA and the other state settlement agreements settled health care cost recovery actions and monetary claims relating 
to future conduct arising out of the use of, or exposure to, tobacco products, imposed a stream of future payment obligations on major 
U.S.  cigarette  manufacturers  and  placed  significant  restrictions  on  the  ability  to  market  and  sell  cigarettes.  The  payments  required 
under  the  MSA  result  in  the  products  sold  by  the  participating  manufacturers  to  be  priced  at  higher  levels  than  non-MSA 
manufacturers. In addition, the growth in market share of discount brands since the MSA was signed has had an adverse impact on the 
total volume of the cigarettes that we sell. 

12 

In connection with the MSA, we were indemnified by most of the tobacco product manufacturers from which we purchased 
cigarettes and other tobacco products for liabilities arising from our sale of the tobacco products that they supplied to us. Should the 
MSA ever be invalidated, we could be subject to substantial litigation due to our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products, 
and  we  may  not  be  indemnified  for  such  costs  by  the  tobacco  product  manufacturers  in  the  future.  In  addition,  even  if  we  are 
indemnified by cigarette manufacturers that are parties to the MSA, future litigation awards against such cigarette manufacturers could 
be so large as to prevent the manufacturers from satisfying their indemnification obligations. 

Risks Related to Financial Matters, Financing and Foreign Exchange 

Changes to federal, state or provincial income tax legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business and results 
of operations. 

From time to time, new tax legislation is adopted by the federal government and various states or other regulatory bodies. 
Significant changes in tax legislation could adversely affect our business or results of operations in a material way. For example, in the 
U.S. the federal government has in the past proposed legislation which effectively could limit, or even eliminate, use of the last-in, 
first-out (“LIFO”) inventory method for financial and income tax purposes. Although the final outcome of any such proposals cannot 
be ascertained, the ultimate financial impact to us of the transition from LIFO to another inventory method could be material to our 
operating results. 

We may not be able to settle our qualified defined benefit pension plan on terms or pricing which is satisfactory to us. 

We record a liability associated with the underfunded status of our pension plan when the benefit obligation exceeds the fair 
value of the plan assets. As of December 31, 2016, our pension plan was 88% funded and our consolidated balance sheet included 
$4.3  million  in  pension  liabilities  related  to  underfunded  pension  obligations.  On  September  14,  2016,  our  Board  of  Directors 
approved termination of our qualified defined-benefit pension plan. We expect to complete the settlement before the end of 2017. Our 
pension liabilities are expected to be settled through either lump sum payments or purchasing annuities from an insurance Company. 
We may not be able to consummate the sale or purchase of annuities with counterparties on terms or pricing suitable to us.  

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends in the future or in any particular amounts and if 
there is a reduction in dividend payments, our stock price may be harmed. 

Since the fourth quarter of 2011, we have paid a quarterly cash dividend to our stockholders. We intend to continue to pay 
quarterly dividends subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends are in the 
best  interest  of  our  stockholders  and  are  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws  and  agreements  to  which  we  are  a  party.  Future 
dividends may be affected by a variety of factors such as available cash, anticipated working capital requirements, overall financial 
condition,  credit  agreement  restrictions,  future  prospects  for  earnings  and  cash  flows,  capital  requirements  for  acquisitions,  stock 
repurchase  programs,  reserves  for  legal  risks  and  changes  in  federal  and  state  income  tax  laws  or  corporate  laws.  Our  Board  of 
Directors may, at its discretion, decrease or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Any such action could have a 
material, negative effect on our stock price. 

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our revenues and financial results.  

We generate a significant portion of our revenues in Canadian dollars, approximately 10% in 2016 and 11% in 2015. We also 
incur  a  significant  portion  of  our  expenses  in  Canadian  dollars.  To  the  extent  that  we  are  unable  to  match  revenues  received  in 
Canadian dollars with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in Canadian dollars could have an adverse effect on 
our financial results. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our Canadian operations will be 
reduced  because  the  Canadian  currency  will  be  translated  into  fewer  U.S.  dollars.  Conversely,  during  times  of  a  weakening  U.S. 
dollar,  our  reported  sales  and  earnings  from  our  Canadian  operations  will  be  increased  because  the  Canadian  currency  will  be 
translated into more U.S. dollars. U.S. GAAP requires that foreign currency transaction gains or losses on short-term intercompany 
transactions  be  recorded  currently  as  gains  or  losses  within  the  statement  of  operations.  To  the  extent  we  incur  losses  on  such 
transactions, our net income will be reduced. We currently do not hedge our Canadian foreign currency cash flows. 

We may not be able to borrow additional capital to provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources necessary to meet 
our future financial obligations. 

We expect that our principal sources of funds will be cash generated from our operations and, if necessary, borrowings under 
a $600 million revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”) as of December 31, 2016. On November 4, 2016, we entered into a ninth 
amendment to the Credit Facility which increased our Credit Facility from $450 million to $600 million. The Credit Facility, initially 
dated as of October 12, 2005, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, is between us, as Borrowers, the Lenders named 
therein,  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank, N.A.,  as  administrative  agent.  The  Credit  Facility  expires  in  May  2020. While  we  believe  our 
sources  of  liquidity  are  adequate,  we  cannot  assure  that  these  sources  will  be  available  or  continue  to  provide  us  with  sufficient 
liquidity and capital resources required to meet our future financial obligations, or to provide funds for our working capital, capital 
expenditures and other needs. As such, additional equity or debt financing sources may be necessary, in addition we may not be able 
to expand our existing Credit Facility or obtain new financing on terms satisfactory to us. 

13 

Our operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in our Credit Facility. 

Our Credit Facility imposes restrictions on us that could increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry 
conditions  by  limiting  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  and  reacting  to  changes  in  our  business  and  industry.  Specifically,  these 
restrictions place limits on our ability, among other things, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, issue stock of subsidiaries, 
make investments, repurchase stock, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate, or transfer and sell our 
assets. In addition, under our Credit Facility, under certain circumstances we are required to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio. Our 
ability to comply with this covenant may be affected by factors beyond our control and a breach of the covenant could result in an 
event  of  default  under  our  Credit  Facility,  which  would  permit  the  lenders  to  declare  all  amounts  incurred  thereunder  to  be 
immediately due and payable and terminate their commitments to make further extensions of credit. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ as a result of the accounting methods, estimates and assumptions that we 
use in preparing our financial statements, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. 

To  prepare  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP,  management  is  required  to  exercise  judgment  in  selecting  and 
applying accounting methodologies and making estimates and assumptions. These methods, estimates, and assumptions are subject to 
uncertainties  and  changes,  which  affect  the  reported  values  of  assets  and  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses,  and  disclosures  of 
contingent assets and liabilities. Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include but are not limited to the following: 
allowance for doubtful accounts, provisions for income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, valuation of goodwill and 
long-lived  assets,  valuation  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  connection  with  business  combinations,  valuation  of  pension  assets  and 
obligations, stock-based compensation expense and accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None. 

14 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES  

Our headquarters are located in South San Francisco, California, and consist of approximately 31,800 square feet of leased 
office space. We also lease approximately 20,000 square feet for use by our information technology and tax personnel in Richmond, 
British  Columbia,  approximately  6,000  square  feet  for  use  by  our  information  technology  personnel  in  Plano,  Texas,  and 
approximately 3,600 and 2,000 square feet of additional office space in Fort Worth, Texas and Phoenix, AZ, respectively. We lease 
approximately 4.9 million square feet and own approximately 0.6 million square feet of distribution space. 

Distribution Center Facilities by City and State of Location(1) 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 
Atlanta, Georgia 
Bakersfield, California 
Corona, California(2) 
Denver, Colorado 
Forrest City, Arkansas(3) 
Fort Worth, Texas 
Gardiner, Maine 
Glenwillow, Ohio 

Hayward, California 
Las Vegas, Nevada 
Leitchfield, Kentucky 
Los Angeles, California 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 
Portland, Oregon 
Sacramento, California(4) 
Salt Lake City, Utah 
Sanford, North Carolina 

Spokane, Washington 
Tampa, Florida 
Whitinsville, Massachusetts 
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 
Calgary, Alberta 
Toronto, Ontario 
Vancouver, British Columbia 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 
Mississauga, Ontario(5) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

Excluding  outside  storage  facilities  or  depots  and  two  distribution  facilities  that  we  operate  as  a  third  party  logistics  provider.  Depots  are  defined  as  a 
secondary location for a division which may include any combination of sales offices, operational departments and/or storage. We own distribution center 
facilities located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania; Leitchfield, Kentucky; and Forrest City,  Arkansas. All other facilities listed are leased. The facilities we 
own are subject to encumbrances under our Credit Facility. 

This location includes two facilities, a distribution center and our AMI consolidating warehouse.  

This facility includes a distribution center and our AMI-Artic East consolidating warehouse. 

This facility includes a distribution center and our Artic Cascade consolidating warehouse.  

This facility is our Canadian consolidating warehouse. 

We also operate distribution centers on behalf of two of our major customers: one in Phoenix, Arizona (for Couche-Tard), 
and one in San Antonio, Texas (for CST Brands, Inc.). Each facility is leased or owned by the specific customer solely for their use 
and operated by Core-Mark. 

15 

 
 
 
ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings, claims, investigations and administrative proceedings in the ordinary 
course of its business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it is both probable that the liability has been incurred and 
that the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to 
reflect  the  impacts  of  negotiations,  settlements,  rulings,  advice  of  legal  counsel  and  other  information  and  events  pertaining  to  a 
particular case.  

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

16 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Market and Stockholders 

Our  common  stock  trades  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Market  under  the  symbol  “CORE.”  According  to  the  records  of  our 

transfer agent, we had 1,803 stockholders of record as of February 24, 2017. 

On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, 
effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of 
business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements 
and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented. 

The  following  table  provides  the  range  of  high  and  low  sales  prices  of  our  common  stock  as  reported  by  NASDAQ  and 

dividends declared per share for the periods indicated: 

Market Prices 

  Dividend Declared 

2016 

2015 

Year 

4th Quarter 
3rd Quarter 
2nd Quarter 
1st Quarter 

Low 
Price 

High 
Price 

Low 
Price 

High 
Price 

  $  33.24    $  43.46    $  32.22    $  45.30    $ 
33.26     
32.72     
35.68     

29.48     
26.31     
29.26     

48.96     
46.86     
41.60     

35.16     
38.26     
35.99     

2016 

2015 

0.09    $ 
0.08     
0.08     
0.08     

0.08   
0.07   
0.07   
0.07   

We  paid  dividends  of  $15.5  million  and  $12.8  million  in  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  Our  Credit  Facility,  as  of 
December 31, 2016, allows for unlimited dividends, as long as the Company meets certain credit availability percentages and fixed 
charge  coverage  ratios.  (See Note  8  -  Long-term  Debt  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  included  in  this  Form  10-K  for 
additional details on the Credit Facility). We intend to continue increasing our dividends per share over time; however, the payment of 
any  future  dividends  will  be  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors  in  light  of  then  existing  conditions,  including  our  earnings, 
financial condition and capital requirements, strategic alternatives, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions and other 
factors. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON 

The graph below presents a comparison of cumulative total return to stockholders for Core-Mark’s common stock at the end 
of each year from 2011 through 2016, as well as the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, the Russell 
2000 Index, the Standard and Poor’s Small Cap 600 Index, and a peer group of companies (“Performance Peer Group”). 

Cumulative  total  return  to  stockholders  is  measured  by  the  change  in  the  share  price  for  the  period,  plus  any  dividends, 
divided  by  the  share  price  at  the  beginning  of  the  measurement  period.  Core-Mark’s  cumulative  stockholder  return  is  based  on  an 
investment  of  $100  on  December  31,  2011,  and  is  compared  to  the  total  return  of  the  NASDAQ  Non-Financial  Stock  Index,  the 
Russell 2000 Index, the Standard and Poor’s Small Cap 600 Index, and the weighted-average performance of the Performance Peer 
Group  over  the  same  period  with  a  like  amount  invested,  including  the  assumption  that  any  dividends  have  been  reinvested.  We 
regularly  compare  our  performance  to  the  Russell  2000  Index  and  the  Standard  and  Poor’s  Small  Cap  600  Index  since  it  includes 
primarily companies with relatively small market capitalization similar to us. 

The companies composing the Performance Peer Group are Sysco Corp. (“SYY”), The Chef’s Warehouse, Inc. (“CHEF”), 

United Natural Foods, Inc. (“UNFI”) and AMCON Distributing Co. (“DIT”).  

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN  
AMONG CORE-MARK, NASDAQ NON-FINANCIAL STOCK, S&P SMALLCAP 600, RUSSELL 2000 INDEXES AND 
THE PERFORMANCE PEER GROUP 

CORE 
Russell 2000 
NASDAQ Non-financial Index 
S&P SmallCap 600 
Performance Peer Group 

Investment Value at 
  12/31/14 

  12/31/13 

  12/31/12 

  12/31/11 
  $  100.00    $  121.99    $  197.47    $  325.76    $  434.86    $  460.97   
  $  100.00    $  116.35    $  161.52    $  169.42    $  161.95    $  196.45   
  $  100.00    $  117.21    $  164.20    $  188.95    $  202.50    $  217.97   
  $  100.00    $  116.33    $  164.38    $  173.84    $  170.41    $  215.67   
  $  100.00    $  113.63    $  139.22    $  154.28    $  150.40    $  205.50   

  12/31/16 

  12/31/15 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  that  may  be  discontinued  or  amended  at  any  time.  Shares 
repurchased  under  the  program  were  made  in  the  open  market  and  the  timing  and  amount  of  the  purchases  are  based  on  market 
conditions,  our  cash  and  liquidity  requirements,  relevant  securities  laws  and  other  factors.  The  program  has  no  expiration  date  and 
expires when the amount authorized has been expended or the Board of Directors withdraws its authorization. 

In 2016, we repurchased 237,869 shares of common stock for a total cost of $8.9 million, or an average price of $37.76 per 
share. In 2015, we repurchased 302,366 shares of common stock for a total cost of $9.2 million, or an average price of $30.35 per 
share. As of December 31, 2016, we had $2.6 million available for future share repurchases under the program. 

The following table provides the repurchases of shares of common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2016: 

Calendar Month in which 
purchases were made: 
October 1, 2016 to October 31, 2016 
November 1, 2016 to November 30, 2016 
December 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 
Total repurchases for the three months ended 
December 31, 2016 

(1) 

Includes related transaction fees. 

Total Number  
of Shares 
Repurchased 

Average  
Price Paid  
per Share(1) 

49,743    $ 
—   
—   

34.91   
—   
—   

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that May 
Yet be Purchased 
Under the Plans or 
Programs 
(in millions) 

49,743     $ 
—    
—    

2.6 
— 
— 

2.6 

49,743    $ 

34.91   

49,743     $ 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

Basis of Presentation  

The  selected  consolidated  financial  data  for  the  five  years  from  2012  to  2016  are  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated 
financial statements included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-K/A. The following financial data should be read in 
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and with Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

2012(3) 

8,892.4 
476.8 
262.7 
153.7 
3.0 
57.4 
1.8 
0.2 
33.9 

0.74 
0.73 

46.0 
46.4 
0.23 

1,987.0 
7.8 
— 
— 
— 
12.3 
25.3 
5.8 
28.6 
100.8 

(in millions except per share amounts) 
Statement of Operations Data: 

Net sales 
Gross profit (4) 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (4) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Income from operations 
Interest expense, net (5) 
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses 
Net income 
Per Share Data: 

Basic net income per common share (6) 
Diluted net income per common share (6) 

Shares Used to Compute Net Income Per Share: 

Basic (6) 
Diluted (6) 

2016(1) 

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 
Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015(2) 

  $ 

  $  14,529.4    $  11,069.4    $  10,280.1    $  9,767.6 
537.1 
297.1 
168.3 
2.7 
69.0 
2.2 
0.8 
41.6 

736.9   
431.2   
210.3   
5.3   
90.1   
5.1   
(0.5)  
54.2   

637.9   
352.6   
196.0   
2.6   
86.7   
2.0   
1.8   
51.5   

573.7   
318.4   
184.4   
2.6   
68.3   
1.8   
0.1   
42.7   

  $ 
  $ 

1.17    $ 
1.17    $ 

1.12    $ 
1.11    $ 

0.93    $ 
0.92    $ 

0.91 
0.90 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share (7) 
Other Financial Data: 

Excise taxes (8) 
Cigarette inventory holding gains (9) 
Candy inventory holding gains (10) 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains, net (11) 
OTP tax items, net (12) 
LIFO expense (13) 
Depreciation and amortization (14) 
Stock-based compensation 
Capital expenditures (15) 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)(16) 

  $ 

  $ 

46.3   
46.5   
0.33    $ 

46.2   
46.6   
0.29    $ 

46.2   
46.6   
0.23    $ 

46.0 
46.4 
0.15 

3,022.0    $ 
15.3   
—   
—   
—   
13.2   
42.9   
6.1   
54.3   
152.3   

2,211.7    $ 
10.1   
—   
8.5   
1.7   
1.9   
37.9   
8.7   
30.3   
135.2   

2,110.3    $  2,050.8 
9.0 
— 
— 
— 
8.7 
27.2 
4.6 
18.0 
109.5 

8.2   
6.0   
—   
7.5   
16.3   
32.0   
6.1   
53.9   
122.7   

Balance Sheet Data: 

Total assets 
Long-term obligations (17) 

2016 

2015 

December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

  $ 

1,497.0    $  1,077.3    $ 

347.7   

60.4   

1,029.6   
68.2   

$ 

956.8    $ 
57.6   

919.2 
84.7 

(1)  Pine State Convenience was acquired in June 2016 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data since the date of the 

acquisition. 

(2)  Karrys Bros., Limited was acquired in February 2015 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data since the date of 

(3) 

the acquisition. 
J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. was acquired in December 2012 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data from that 
point forward. 

(4)  Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of goods 

sold. 
Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income. 

(5) 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6)  On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, effected through a stock dividend. The 

additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share 
amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented. 

(7)  On  October  19,  2011,  we  announced  the  commencement  of  a  quarterly  dividend  program.  In  lieu  of  the  first  quarter  2013  dividend,  the  Board  of  Directors 

declared an accelerated cash dividend of $0.05 per common share on December 20, 2012. 

(8)  State, local and provincial excise taxes (predominantly cigarettes and tobacco) paid by us are included in net sales and cost of goods sold. 
(9)  Cigarette inventory holding gains represent income related to cigarette inventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices. Such increases 
are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to 
as inventory holding gains. This income is not predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases. 

(10)  Candy inventory holding gains represent income related to candy inventories on hand at the time candy manufacturers increase their prices. Such increases are 
reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as 
inventory holding gains. Although we have realized candy inventory holding gains in one of the last five years, this income is not predictable and is dependent on 
inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases. 

(11)  Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains represent income related to tax stamp inventories on hand that may be realized at the time taxing jurisdictions increase 
their excise taxes, depending on the statutory requirements relating to the inventory on hand at the time such excise tax increases. Such tax increases are reflected 
in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The incremental gross profits resulting from such tax 
increases are referred to as inventory holding gains. Although we have realized a cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gain of $9.0 million, offset by $0.5 million 
in associated fees, in 2015, this income is not predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the aforementioned statutory requirements. 

(12)  In 2015, we received OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by $0.1 million related expenses. In 2014, we received OTP tax refunds 
of $9.0 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by $1.0 million of related expenses and a probable OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million. OTP tax settlements 
were zero for 2013 and 2012. 

(13)  The  decrease  in  LIFO  expense  in  2015  was  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  the  Producer  Price  Index  (“PPI”)  for  certain  product  categories  we  use  to  measure 

food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. 

(14)  Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation on property and equipment and amortization of purchased intangible assets. 
(15)  Capital expenditures in 2016 include leasehold improvements for a new  building for our Las Vegas division and other building upgrades, as well as logistical 

equipment to accommodate new business. Capital expenditures in 2014 include costs for our new distribution center in Ohio. 

(16)  The following table provides the components of Adjusted EBITDA for each year presented (in millions): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

51.5    $ 
2.0     
31.4     
37.9     
1.9     
8.7     
1.8     
135.2    $ 

42.7    $ 
1.8     
23.7     
32.0     
16.3     
6.1     
0.1     
122.7    $ 

41.6    $ 
2.2     
24.4     
27.2     
8.7     
4.6     
0.8     
109.5    $ 

2012 

33.9   
1.8   
21.5   
25.3   
12.3   
5.8   
0.2   
100.8   

Net income 
Interest expense, net 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
LIFO expense 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net 

  $ 

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) 

  $ 

2016 

54.2    $ 
5.1   
31.3   
42.9   
13.2   
6.1   
(0.5)  
152.3    $ 

(17)  Includes amounts borrowed and long-term capital lease obligations. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS  

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources should be 
read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto that are included under Part 
II, Item 8, of this Form 10-K. Also refer to “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” which is included after Table of 
Contents  in  this  Form  10-K.  This  discussion  and  analysis  also  includes  non-GAAP  financial  measures  that  we  believe  provide 
important  perspective  in  understanding  trends  that  may  impact  our  business.  These  non-GAAP  financial  measures  are  discussed, 
including reconciliation of these measures to GAAP, under “non-GAAP Financial Information” in this Item 7. 

Our Business  

Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North 
America. We offer a full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to approximately 43,000 customer locations 
in  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  Our  customers  include  traditional  convenience  stores,  drug  stores,  grocery  stores,  liquor  stores  and  other 
specialty  and  small  format  stores  that  carry  convenience  products.  Our  product  offering  includes  cigarettes,  other  tobacco  products 
(OTP), candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care 
products. We operate a network of 30 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a 
third party logistics provider). Our core business objective is to help our customers increase their sales and profitability. 

Overview of 2016 Results 

During  2016,  we  continued  to  grow  market  share  and  increase  our  food/non-food  sales  and  gross  profit  through  our  core 
strategies  by  driving  our  Vendor  Consolidation  Initiative  (VCI),  leveraging  our  “Fresh”  product  solutions,  and  providing  category 
management expertise in order to make our customers more relevant and profitable.  

Our net sales in 2016 increased 31.3%, or $3,460.0 million, to $14,529.4 million compared to $11,069.4 million for 2015. 
The increase in net sales was driven primarily by market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which the Company 
began  servicing  during  the  first  quarter  of  2016,  the  acquisition  of  Pine  State  Convenience  (Pine  State)  in  June  2016,  and  the 
continued success of our core strategies.  

Gross profit in 2016 increased $99.0 million, or 15.5%, to $736.9 million from $637.9 million in 2015, driven primarily by 
the increase in sales. LIFO expense increased $11.3 million in 2016 compared to 2015, due primarily to an increase in the Producer 
Price Index (PPI) for certain food/non-food product categories. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross 
profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices. 
Gross profit in 2015 included cigarette tax stamp holding gains of $9.0 million and refunds of excise taxes on OTP of $1.8 million 
related to prior years.  

Gross profit margin was 5.1% of total net sales in 2016 compared to 5.8% in 2015. The decrease in gross profit margin was 
due primarily to market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which have a higher sales mix of tobacco products, and 
generally lower margins compared to the rest of our business.  

To the extent we capture large chain customers, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain 
customers generally require less working capital, allowing us in most cases, to offer lower prices and still achieve a favorable return 
on our investment. Our focus is to strike a balance between large chain business, which generally has lower gross profit margins, and 
independently-owned convenience stores, which according to the 2015 National Association of Convenience Stores (NACS) State of 
the Industry (SOI) report, comprise approximately 67% of the overall convenience store market and generally have higher gross profit 
margins. 

Operating expenses in 2016 increased 17.3%, or $95.6 million, to $646.8 million from $551.2 million in 2015. Increases in 
the amount of cubic feet of product handled, incremental customer deliveries, the acquisition of Pine State and costs related to the on-
boarding of significant new customers contributed to higher operating expenses in 2016. 

Net income in 2016 was $54.2 million compared to $51.5 million in 2015. Net income excluding LIFO expense(1) increased 
$9.6 million, or 18.2%, to $62.3 million in 2016 compared to $52.7 million in 2015. Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased $17.1 million, or 
12.6%,  to  $152.3  million  in  2016  from  $135.2  million  in  2015.  The  increase  in  net  income  excluding  LIFO  expense  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA was due primarily to the growth in gross profit resulting from market share gains and the acquisition of Pine State, offset by 
incremental expenses related to the on-boarding of significant new customers. Net income and Adjusted EBITDA for 2015 included 
cigarette tax stamp holding gains of $8.5 million (pre-tax), net of expenses and OTP tax refunds of $1.7 million, net of expenses. 

(1) 

Net income excluding LIFO expense and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP financial measures and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a 
substitute  for,  or  superior  to,  financial  measures  calculated  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  of  America 
(GAAP). See the reconciliation of net income excluding LIFO expense to net income in Item 7 - “Non GAAP Financial Information”. See the reconciliation 
of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in Item 7 “Adjusted EBITDA”. 

22 

 
 
Business and Supply Expansion  

We  continue  to  benefit  from  the  expansion  of  our  business  and  the  execution  of  our  core  strategies,  focused  primarily  on 
enhancing our fresh product offering, leveraging VCI and providing category management expertise to our customers. Our strategies 
take costs and inefficiencies out of supply chains, bringing our customers an avenue to offer high quality fresh foods and optimize 
their consumer product offering. We believe each of these strategies, when adopted, will increase our customers’ profits. 

Some of our more recent expansion activities include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In December 2016, we signed a three-year supply agreement to service approximately 530 Walmart stores in five 
western  states  (Arizona,  California,  New  Mexico,  Nevada  and  Utah).  We  will  be  the  primary  distributor  to  these 
stores for candy, tobacco and certain snack foods. Candy will be the largest product category serviced under the new 
arrangement  and  is  expected  to  increase  our  annualized  sales  for  this  category  by  approximately  40%-50%.  We 
expect to begin servicing the stores under this agreement in May 2017. 

In June 2016, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Pine State Convenience, a division of Pine State Trading 
Company,  located  in  Gardiner,  Maine,  for  cash  consideration  of  approximately  $88  million.  We  incurred  $2.2 
million in start-up and due diligence costs in 2016 and we expect to incur another $1.5 million in integration costs in 
2017. 

In October 2015, we signed a five-year agreement with Murphy U.S.A. to be the primary wholesale distributor to 
over 1,400 stores located in 24 states across the Southwest, Southeast and Midwest United States. Services under 
this contract began in the first quarter of 2016 and have created efficiencies and a strategic supply chain relationship 
for Murphy U.S.A. 

In October 2015, we signed a five-year supply agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. to be the primary wholesale distributor 
to approximately 900 stores located in three western regions. We began servicing these stores in October 2016, from 
three of our divisions - Las Vegas, NV, Salt Lake City, UT and Sacramento, CA.  

During  2016,  we  continued  to  grow  sales  and  margins  in  our  “Fresh”  categories,  as  a  result  of  improving  our  customers’ 
product assortment and in-store marketing efforts. Sales of our Fresh categories grew 16.4% in 2016 compared to the same period in 
2015. We continue to focus on fresh and healthy offerings because we believe that over the long-term, the trend is for the convenience 
consumer to shift buying preferences to these types of items. We benefit from this shift due to the higher margins of these products 
compared  to  the  other  merchandise  we  distribute.  Industry  experts  have  indicated  that  consumers  are  making  more  shopping  trips 
related to fresh food and that perishable foods will serve a more important role in the convenience retail channel in the future. We 
believe our strategies have helped position us and our customers to benefit from these trends. 

Other Business Developments  

As of December 31, 2016, we serviced approximately 3,000 Alimentation Couche-Tard, Inc. (Couche-Tard) locations in the 
U.S. and Canada. A portion of these locations were subject to renewals during the third quarter of 2016. Consequently, our agreement 
to service approximately 1,100 Circle K stores in the Southeastern Region of the U.S. expired in January 2017. We will continue to 
service approximately 1,900 stores including both company and franchise operated stores located in the Western and Southwestern 
regions  of  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  We  will  also  continue  to  operate  a  third  party  distribution  center  dedicated  to  supplying  over  500 
Circle K branded convenience stores across Arizona and Nevada. 

In January 2017, we announced the expiration of our supply agreement with Kroger Convenience (Kroger) effective April 

2017. The expiring agreement covers approximately 680 stores. 

The expiration of the Couche-Tard and Kroger contracts described above will reduce our sales and net income from these 
large  chain  customers  in  2017.  However,  we  expect  new  business  from  other  customers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  and  other  organic 
growth, some of which are described in “Business and Supply Expansion” above, to more than offset the loss. 

Dividends  

On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, 
effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of 
business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements 
and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented. 

23 

The Board of Directors approved the following cash dividends in 2016 (in millions, except per share data)  

Declaration Date 

February 24, 2016 
May 9, 2016 
August 8, 2016 
November 4, 2016 

  Dividends Per Share   
$0.08 
$0.08 
$0.08 
$0.09 

Record Date 

  March 11, 2016 
  May 25, 2016 
  August 24, 2016 
  November 23, 2016 

Cash Payment 
Amount (1) 
$3.8 
$3.7 
$3.8 
$4.2 

Payment Date 

  March 28, 2016 
  June 15, 2016 
  September 15, 2016 
  December 15, 2016 

(1) 

Includes  cash  payments  on  declared  dividends  and  payments  made  on  Restricted Stock  Units  (RSUs)  vested  subsequent to  the  payment 
date. 

We paid dividends of $15.5 million and $12.8 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Share Repurchase Program  

In  May  2013,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  $30  million  increase  to  our  stock  repurchase  program  which  may  be 
discontinued  or  amended  at  any  time.  The  program  will  expire  when  the  amount  authorized  has  been  expended  or  the  Board  of 
Directors  withdraws  its  authorization.  In  2016,  we  repurchased  237,869  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $37.76 
compared to repurchases of 302,366 shares of common stock at an average price of $30.35 in 2015. As of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, we had $2.6 million and $11.5 million, respectively, available for future share repurchases under the program. 

Results of Operations 

Comparison of 2016 and 2015 (in millions) (1): 

Net sales 
Net sales — Cigarettes 
Net sales — Food/non-food   
Net sales, less excise taxes 

  $ 

(non-GAAP) (2) 

Gross profit (3) 
Warehousing and 

distribution expenses 

Selling, general and 

administrative expenses 
Amortization of intangible 

assets 

Income from operations (4) 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction 

gains (losses), net 
Income before taxes 
Net income 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-

GAAP) (5) 

2016 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

  Amounts 

3,460.0    $  14,529.4     
10,335.7     
2,807.2     
4,193.7     
652.8     

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%    
71.1 
28.9 

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes 

  Amounts 
—%   $  11,069.4     
7,528.5     
3,540.9     

66.2 
33.8 

2015 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%    
68.0 
32.0 

2,649.7     
99.0     

11,507.4     
736.9     

79.2 
5.1 

100.0 
6.4 

8,857.7     
637.9     

80.0 
5.8 

78.6     

431.2     

14.3     

210.3     

2.7     
3.4     
2.8     
(0.3)     

2.3     
2.6     
2.7     

5.3     
90.1     
(5.3)    
0.2     

0.5     
85.5     
54.2     

17.1     

152.3     

3.0 

1.4 

— 
0.6 
— 
— 

— 
0.6 
0.4 

1.0 

3.7 

1.8 

— 
0.8 
— 
— 

— 
0.7 
0.5 

1.3 

352.6     

196.0     

2.6     
86.7     
(2.5)    
0.5     

(1.8)    
82.9     
51.5     

135.2     

3.2 

1.8 

— 
0.8 
— 
— 

— 
0.7 
0.5 

1.2 

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes 
—% 

62.7 
37.3 

100.0 
7.2 

4.0 

2.2 

— 
1.0 
— 
— 

— 
0.9 
0.6 

1.5 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4)  

(5) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.  
See the reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” and in “Non-GAAP Financial 
Information”. 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of 
goods sold. 
Income from operations for 2016 includes LIFO expense of $13.2 million compared to $1.9 million in 2015. In addition, income from operations in 2015 
includes cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $8.5 million, net of expenses, resulting from the increase in the excise tax rates of certain 
jurisdictions.  
See the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in “Adjusted EBITDA”. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
Net Sales. Net sales increased by $3,460.0 million, or 31.3% to $14,529.4 million in 2016 from $11,069.4 million in 2015 
driven  primarily  by  significant  market  share  gains,  including  the  addition  of  Murphy  U.S.A.,  which  the  Company  began  servicing 
during  the  first  quarter  of  2016,  and  the  acquisition  of  Pine  State  in  June  2016.  In  addition,  net  sales  in  2016  also  benefited  from 
increases  in  cigarette  manufacturers’  prices  and  incremental  food/non-food  sales  driven  by  the  continued  success  of  our  core 
strategies.  

Net Sales of Cigarettes. Net sales of cigarettes in 2016 increased by $2,807.2 million or 37.3% to $10,335.7 million from 
$7,528.5 million in 2015 driven primarily by a 27.5% increase in carton sales, the acquisition of Pine State, and a 2.7% increase in the 
average sales price per carton mainly as a result of increases in manufacturers’ prices. Cigarette carton sales in the U.S. increased by 
34.5% during the same period driven primarily by market share gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A., and the acquisition of 
Pine State in June 2016. Carton sales in Canada increased 13.8%, also driven by market share gains.  

Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 71.1% in 2016 compared to 68.0% in 2015. The increase in 
cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales was due primarily to market share gains in 2016, including the addition of Murphy 
U.S.A., which have a higher sales mix of cigarettes compared to the rest of our business.  

Despite the significant increase in our cigarette sales in 2016, we believe long-term cigarette consumption will continue to be 
impacted  by  rising  prices,  legislative  actions,  diminishing  social  acceptance  and  sales  through  illicit  markets.  We  expect  cigarette 
manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the 
effects of the declines to distributors. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette 
volume  profit  declines  through  higher  sales  of  food/non-food  products  and  food  services.  We  expect  this  trend  to  continue  as  the 
convenience industry adjusts to consumer demands. 

Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products in 2016 increased $652.8 million, or 18.4%, to 

$4,193.7 million from $3,540.9 million in 2015.  

The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1): 

Product Category 
Food (2) 
Fresh (2) 
Candy 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 

  $ 

Total Food/Non-food Products 

  $ 

2016 
Net Sales 

2015 
Net Sales 

Increase 

Amounts 

Percentage 

1,422.5    $ 
389.8     
620.0     
1,133.8     
446.7     
176.5     
4.4     
4,193.7    $ 

1,251.1    $ 
335.0     
557.0     
870.3     
368.8     
156.6     
2.1     
3,540.9    $ 

171.4     
54.8     
63.0     
263.5     
77.9     
19.9     
2.3     
652.8     

13.7%
16.4%
11.3%
30.3%
21.1%
12.7%
N/A 
18.4%

(1) 
(2) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
In 2016, the Fresh category was separated from the Food category to better highlight the growth in the Fresh commodity. The 2015 presentation has been 
realigned to reflect these changes. 

The increase in food/non-food sales in 2016 was driven primarily by market share gains, the acquisition of Pine State and an 
increase in sales to existing customers. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and our Focused Marketing Initiative (FMI) were the primary 
drivers of the increase in net sales to existing customers. The increase in sales in our OTP category was due primarily to market share 
gains, including the addition of Murphy U.S.A. and higher sales of smokeless tobacco products. We believe the overall trend toward 
the increased use of smokeless tobacco products will continue and will help offset the impact of the expected long-term decline of 
cigarette consumption. 

Total net sales of food/non-food products as a percentage of total net sales were 28.9% in 2016 compared to 32.0% for the 

same period in 2015. 

Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. 
Inventory holding gains represent incremental revenues whereas vendor incentives, OTP tax refunds and changes in LIFO reserves are 
components  of  cost  of  goods  sold  and  therefore  part  of  our  gross  profit.  Gross  profit  in  2016  increased  $99.0  million  or  15.5%  to 
$736.9 million from $637.9 million in 2015 driven primarily by the increase in sales, including the acquisition of Pine State in June 
2016. Gross profit  in 2016  also benefited from  a  $5.2  million  increase  in  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains driven primarily  by  the 
increase in carton sales and higher cigarette inflation in 2016.  

The  increase  in  gross  profit  in  2016  was  offset  by  an  increase  in  LIFO  expense  of  $11.3  million  compared  to  2015,  due 
primarily  to  an  increase  in  the  Producer  Price  Index  (PPI)  for certain food/non-food product  categories.  In  addition, gross profit  in 
2015 included cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains of $9.0 million which resulted from an increase in excise taxes by certain 
jurisdictions and $1.8 million in OTP tax refunds, related to the overpayment of taxes in prior years. 

25 

 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distributors  such  as  Core-Mark  may,  from  time  to  time,  earn  higher  gross  profits  on  inventory  and  excise  tax  stamp 
quantities on hand at the time manufacturers’ increase their prices or when states, localities or provinces increase their excise taxes. 
Such  increases  are  reflected  in  customer  pricing  for  all  subsequent  sales,  including  sales  of  inventory  on  hand  at  the  time  of  the 
increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as inventory holding gains. However, significant increases in cigarette product costs 
and cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, because we are paid on a cents per  carton 
basis  for  cigarette  sales.  Conversely,  we  generally  benefit  from  food/non-food  price  increases  because  product  costs  for  these 
categories are usually marked up using a percentage of cost of goods sold. 

Gross profit margin was 5.07% of total net sales in 2016 compared to 5.76% in 2015. The decrease in gross profit margins 
was due primarily to the addition of Murphy U.S.A., which has a higher sales mix of tobacco products and generally lower margins 
compared to the rest of our business.  

Our cigarette inventory holding gains were $15.3 million in 2016 compared to $10.1 million for the same period in 2015. We 
expect  cigarette  manufacturers  will  continue  to  raise  prices  as  carton  sales  decline  in  order  to  maintain  or  enhance  their  overall 
profitability and the various taxing jurisdictions will raise excise taxes to make up for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines.  

LIFO expense was $13.2 million in 2016 compared to $1.9 million in 2015. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a 
LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in 
manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to estimate and record our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). 

The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2016 and 

2015 (in millions)(1): 

Net sales 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-

GAAP)(2) 

Components of gross profit: 
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3) 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding 

gains (4) 

OTP tax items(5) 
LIFO expense(6) 
Remaining gross profit (non-

GAAP)(7) 
Gross profit 

2016 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

  Amounts 

% of  
Net sales 

% of Net  
sales, less  
excise taxes    Amounts 

2015 

% of  
Net sales 

  $  3,460.0    $ 14,529.4     

100.0% 

— %    $  11,069.4     

100.0%    

% of Net  
sales, less  
excise taxes 
—% 

2,649.7      11,507.4     

79.2 

100.0  

8,857.7     

80.0 

100.0 

  $ 

5.2    $ 

15.3     

0.11% 

0.13 %    $ 

10.1     

0.09%    

0.11% 

(9.0)    
(1.8)    
11.3     

—     
—     
(13.2)    

— 
— 
(0.09)   

—  
—  
(0.11 ) 

9.0     
1.8     
(1.9)    

0.08 
0.02 
(0.02)     

0.10 
0.02 
(0.02) 

115.9     

99.0    $ 

734.8     
736.9     

5.06 
5.07% 

6.39  
6.40 %   $ 

618.9     
637.9     

5.59 
5.76%   

6.99 
7.20% 

  $ 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass 
the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net 
sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced; however we do not expect increases in excise taxes to negatively impact gross profit per carton 
(see reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” and in “Non-GAAP Financial 
Information”).  
The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $13.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, in 2016, compared to 
$8.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, in 2015. 
In 2015, we recognized cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $9.0 million, resulting from the increase in the excise tax rates of certain 
jurisdictions. 
In 2015, we received OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million related to prior years’ taxes.  
The increase of $11.3 million in LIFO expense in 2016 was due primarily to an increase in the Production Price Index (PPI) for certain Food/ Non Food 
commodities. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative 
level  of  price  inflation  or  deflation  in  manufacturer  prices  as  reported  in  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  PPI  used  to  estimate  and  record  our  book  LIFO 
expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). 
See the reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in “Non-GAAP Financial Information”. 

Remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in “Non-
GAAP financial information”), increased $115.9 million, or 18.7%, to $734.8 million in 2016 from $618.9 million for the same period 
in  2015.  Remaining  gross  profit  margin  was  5.06%  in  2016  compared  to  5.59%  in  2015.  The  decrease  in  remaining  gross  profit 
margin in 2016 was due primarily to market share gains, including Murphy U.S.A., which have a higher sales mix of cigarettes and 
other  tobacco  products.  In  addition,  increases  in  cigarette  manufacturers’  prices  compressed  remaining  gross  profit  margins  by 
approximately five basis points in 2016. 

26 

 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
  
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
  
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
Cigarette remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit 
in  “Non-GAAP  financial  information”),  increased  $44.0  million,  or  25.5%,  to  $216.4  million  in  2016  from  $172.4  million  for  the 
same  period  in  2015.  Cigarette  remaining  gross  profit  per  carton  decreased  by  approximately  5.0%  in  2016  compared  to  2015  due 
primarily to the addition of Murphy U.S.A., offset partially by higher manufacturers’ discounts earned as a result of price increases. 

Food/non-food remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure, (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross 
profit  in  “Non-GAAP  financial  information”)  increased  $71.9  million  or  16.1%  to  $518.4  million,  in  2016  from  $446.5  million  in 
2015. Food/non-food remaining gross profit margin decreased 25 basis points to 12.36% in 2016 compared to 12.61% in 2015 due 
primarily  to  the  addition  of  Murphy  U.S.A.,  which  has  generally  lower  overall  food/non-food  margins  compared  to  the  rest  of  our 
business and a higher sales mix of OTP, which have lower gross profit margins relative to other food/non-food products.  

To the extent we capture large chain business, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain 
customers generally require less working capital, allowing us in most cases to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our 
investment.  Our  focus  is  to  strike  a  balance  between  large  chain  business,  which  generally  has  lower  gross  profit  margins,  and 
independently-owned convenience stores, which per the NACS SOI report, comprise approximately 67% of the overall convenience 
store market and generally have higher gross profit margins. 

In 2016, our remaining gross profit for food/non-food products was approximately 70.6% of our total remaining gross profit 

compared to 72.1% for the same period in 2015. 

Operating  Expenses.  Our  operating  expenses  include  costs  related  to  Warehousing  and  Distribution,  Selling,  General  and 
Administrative Expenses and Amortization of Intangible Assets. In 2016, operating expenses increased by $95.6 million or 17.3%, to 
$646.8  million  from  $551.2  million  in  2015.  Increases  in  the  amount  of  comparable  cubic  feet  of  product  handled,  incremental 
deliveries made, and costs related to the on-boarding of new customers, contributed to higher operating expenses in 2016. In addition, 
operating  expenses  in  2016  include  expenses  of  approximately  $29.5  million  related  to  Pine  State,  including  $2.2  million  of 
acquisition costs. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses were 4.5% in 2016 compared to 5.0% for the same period in 
2015. Operating expenses as a percentage of total net sales in 2016 benefited from an increase in cigarette sales, which grew faster 
than food/non-food sales. The shift in sales to cigarettes, which have higher price points than our food/non-food products, decreased 
operating expenses as a percentage of total net sales by approximately 40 basis points in 2016 compared to 2015.  

Warehousing  and  Distribution  Expenses.  Warehousing  and  Distribution  expenses  increased  $78.6  million  or  22.3%  to 
$431.2 million in 2016 from $352.6 million in 2015. The increase in warehouse and distribution expenses was driven primarily by a 
12.6% increase in comparable cubic feet of product handled and a 14.7% increase in incremental deliveries, the addition of Pine State 
and  approximately  $5.3  million  of  identifiable  costs  related  to  the  on-boarding  of  significant  new  customers  in  2016.  In  addition, 
warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  in  certain  of  our  operating  divisions  were  higher  due  to  temporary  inefficiencies  driven 
primarily by the hiring and training of new employees to support significant increases in sales volume. As a percentage of total net 
sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.0% in 2016 compared with 3.2% for the same period in 2015. The shift in sales to 
cigarettes decreased warehousing and distribution expenses as a percentage of total net sales by approximately 30 basis points in 2016 
compared to 2015.  

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (SG&A)  Expenses.  SG&A  expenses  increased  $14.3  million,  or  7.3%,  to  $210.3 
million in 2016 from $196.0 million in 2015. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 1.4% in 2016 compared to 1.8% in 
2015. The decline as a percentage of net sales was driven primarily by leverage of our fixed expenses in 2016 compared to 2015 and 
by the shift in sales to cigarettes, which have higher price points than our food/non-food products, which decreased SG&A expenses 
as  a  percentage  of  total  net  sales  by  approximately  10  basis  points.  In  addition,  SG&A  expenses  for  2016  included  a  gain  of  $2.0 
million related to the settlement of a legacy lawsuit with Sonitrol Corporation, which was recognized in the first quarter of 2016 and 
offset  by  $2.2  million  of  acquisition  costs  for  Pine  State.  SG&A  expenses  in  2015  included  $1.7  million  of  costs  related  to  the 
acquisition of Karrys Bros. 

Amortization Expenses. Amortization expenses increased $2.7 million, to $5.3 million, in 2016 compared to $2.6 million for 
the same period in 2015. The increase was primarily due to the amortization costs for our new financial system which commenced in 
February 2016, and amortization of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Pine State. 

Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense  includes  interest  and  amortization  of  loan  origination  costs  related  to  borrowings  and 
facility  fees  and  interest  on  capital  lease  obligations.  Interest  expense  was  $5.3  million  and  $2.5  million  for  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  Average  borrowings  in  2016  were  $184.4  million  with  a  weighted  average  interest  rate  of  1.7%  compared  to  average 
borrowings of $39.6 million and a weighted average interest rate of 1.6% in 2015. The increase in average borrowings in 2016 was 
due  primarily  to  our  acquisition  of  Pine  State  for  $88.4  million,  as  well  as  increased  working  capital  requirements  to  support  our 
business expansion activities.  

Foreign Currency Transaction Gains and Losses, Net. We recognized a foreign currency transaction gain of $0.5 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to a loss of $1.8 million for the same period in 2015. The change was due to the 
fluctuation  in  the  Canadian/U.S.  exchange  rate.  During  times  of  a  strengthening  U.S. dollar,  we generally  record  transaction  losses 
from our Canadian operations. Conversely, during times of a weakening U.S. dollar, we generally record transaction gains.  

27 

Income  Taxes.  Our  effective  tax  rate  was 36.6%  for  the  year  ended December  31, 2016  compared  to  37.9% for  the  same 
period in 2015. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 is due primarily to the effects of prior 
years’  estimates  for  foreign  operations,  as  well  as  benefits  in  the  current  year  related  to  the  expiration  of  statute  of  limitations  for 
uncertain tax positions and related interest recovery. 

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased $17.1 million, or 12.6%, to $152.3 million for the year ended December 31, 
2016 from $135.2 million for the same period last year. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was due primarily to growth in our gross 
profit resulting from market share gains and the acquisition of Pine State, offset by incremental expenses related to the on-boarding of 
significant new customers. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA in 2015 included cigarette tax stamp holding gains of $8.5 million, net of 
expenses, and $1.7 million, net of expenses, in refunds of excise taxes on OTP from prior years (see the reconciliation of Adjusted 
EBITDA to net income in “Adjusted EBITDA”). 

Results of Operations 

Comparison of 2015 and 2014 (in millions) (1): 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
789.3 
586.5 
202.8 

  Amounts 
  $  11,069.4     
7,528.5     
3,540.9     

2015 

% of Net 
sales 

100.0%   
68.0 
32.0 

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes 

  Amounts 
—%   $  10,280.1     
6,942.0     
3,338.1     

62.7 
37.3 

2014 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%    
67.5 
32.5 

8,857.7     
637.9     

80.0 
5.8 

100.0 
7.2 

8,169.8     
573.7     

79.5 
5.6 

Net sales 
Net sales — Cigarettes 
Net sales — Food/non-food   
Net sales, less excise taxes 

  $ 

(non-GAAP) (2) 

Gross profit (3) 
Warehousing and 

distribution expenses 

Selling, general and 

administrative expenses 
Amortization of intangible 

assets 

Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction 

losses, net 

Income before taxes 
Net income 
Adjusted EBITDA (non-

GAAP) (4) 

687.9 
64.2 

34.2 

11.6 

— 
18.4 
0.1 
(0.1)     

(1.7)     
16.5 
8.8 

352.6     

196.0     

2.6     
86.7     
(2.5)    
0.5     

(1.8)    
82.9     
51.5     

12.5 

135.2     

3.2 

1.8 

— 
0.8 
— 
— 

— 
0.7 
0.5 

1.2 

4.0 

2.2 

— 
1.0 
— 
— 

— 
0.9 
0.6 

1.5 

318.4     

184.4     

2.6     
68.3     
(2.4)    
0.6     

(0.1)    
66.4     
42.7     

122.7     

3.1 

1.8 

— 
0.7 
— 
— 

— 
0.6 
0.4 

1.2 

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes 
—% 

61.9 
38.1 

100.0 
7.0 

3.9 

2.3 

— 
0.8 
— 
— 

— 
0.8 
0.5 

1.5 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
See the reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” and in “Non-GAAP Financial 
Information”. 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of 
goods sold. 
See the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income in “Adjusted EBITDA”. 

Net Sales. Net sales for 2015 increased by $789.3 million, or 7.7%, to $11,069.4 million from $10,280.1 million in 2014. Net 
sales  increased  primarily  due  to  a  6.6%  increase  in  cigarette  carton  sales,  an  increase  in  the  average  sales  price  per  carton,  and 
incremental food/non-food sales driven primarily by the continued success of our core strategies, offset by impacts of foreign currency 
fluctuations  and  one  additional  selling  day  of  approximately  1.4%.  In  addition,  net  sales  in  2015  benefited  from  lower  fuel  prices, 
which we believe contributed to higher sales in the convenience industry. 

Net  Sales  of  Cigarettes.  Net  sales  of  cigarettes  for  2015  increased  by  $586.5  million,  or  8.4%,  to  $7,528.5  million  from 
$6,942.0 million in 2014. Net sales of cigarettes increased primarily due to a 6.6% increase in carton sales and a 3.5% increase in the 
average sales price per carton due primarily to increases in manufacturers’ prices, offset by impacts of foreign currency fluctuations 
and one additional selling day of approximately 1.5%. Cigarette carton sales increased by 6.4% in the U.S. and by 9.1% in Canada. 
The increase in cigarette carton sales was due primarily to market share gains, including the acquisition of Karrys Bros. in Canada, 
and an increase in cartons sold to existing customers. 

Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 68.0% in 2015 compared to 67.5% for 2014.  

28 

 
 
 
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Despite recent increases in our cigarette sales, we believe long-term cigarette consumption will continue to be impacted by 
rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit  markets. We expect cigarette  manufacturers 
will  raise prices  as  carton  sales  decline  in order  to  maintain or  enhance  their overall profitability,  thus  mitigating  the  effects  of the 
decline to the distributor. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit 
declines  through  higher  sales  of  food/non-food  products.  We  expect  this  trend  to  continue  as  the  convenience  industry  adjusts  to 
consumer demands. 

Net Sales of Food/Non-food Products. Net sales of food/non-food products for 2015 increased $202.8 million, or 6.1%, to 

$3,540.9 million from $3,338.1 million in 2014.  

The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1): 

Product Category 
Food (2) 
Fresh (2) 
Candy 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 

  $ 

Total Food/Non-food Products 

  $ 

2015 
Net Sales 

2014 
Net Sales 

Increase 

Amounts 

Percentage 

1,251.1    $ 
335.0     
557.0     
870.3     
368.8     
156.6     
2.1     
3,540.9    $ 

1,180.9    $ 
281.1     
534.3     
827.5     
361.0     
151.8     
1.5     
3,338.1    $ 

70.2     
53.9     
22.7     
42.8     
7.8     
4.8     
0.6     
202.8     

5.9%
19.2%
4.2%
5.2%
2.2%
3.2%
40.0%
6.1%

(1) 
(2) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
In 2016, the Fresh category was moved from the Food category to better present our Fresh growth. The 2015 and 2014 presentation has been realigned to 
reflect these changes. 

Food/non-food  sales  for  2015  increased  primarily  due  to  incremental  sales  to  existing  customers  and  market  share  gains 
including  the  acquisition  of  Karrys  Bros,  offset  by  impacts  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  and  one  additional  selling  day  by 
approximately  1.4%.  Sales  generated  from  VCI,  Fresh  and  Focused  Marketing  Initiatives  (FMI)  were  the  primary  drivers  of  the 
increase in net sales to existing customers. Net sales in our Food category, which increased 5.9% for 2015, contributed over 30% of 
the 6.1% increase in food/non-food sales. Net sales in our Fresh category, which increased 19.2% for 2015, contributed over 25% of 
the 6.1% increase in food/non-food sales. In addition, sales of smokeless tobacco products were the primary driver of the increase in 
sales in our OTP category. We believe the overall trend toward the increased use of smokeless tobacco products will continue and will 
help offset the impact of the expected continued decline in cigarette consumption over the long term. This shift could potentially result 
in improved profitability over time due to the profit margins associated with smokeless tobacco products, which are generally higher 
than those we earn on cigarette sales. 

Total net food/non-food product sales as a percentage of total net sales decreased to 32.0% in 2015 compared to 32.5% in 

2014. 

Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. 
Inventory holding gains represent incremental revenues whereas vendor incentives, OTP tax refunds and changes in LIFO reserves are 
components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit in 2015 increased by $64.2 million, or 11.2% to 
$637.9  million  from  $573.7  million  for  2014  due  primarily  to  increases  in  sales  and  gross  margins  in  our  food/non-food  category. 
Gross profit for 2015 also benefited from a $14.4 million decrease in LIFO expense, cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains of 
approximately $9.0 million related to increases in excise taxes by certain jurisdictions in 2015 and $1.8 million in refunds of excise 
taxes on OTP from prior years. The decrease in LIFO expense was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories 
we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the 
U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or 
deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to estimate and record our book LIFO expense 
(see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). In 2014, gross profit included 
$8.5 million in OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, and $6.0 million of candy inventory holding gains. 

Gross profit margin was 5.76% and 5.58% of total net sales for 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Distributors  such  as  Core-Mark  may,  from  time  to  time,  earn  higher  gross  profits  on  inventory  and  excise  tax  stamp 
quantities on hand at the time manufacturers’ increase their prices or when states, localities or provinces increase their excise taxes. 
Such  increases  are  reflected  in  customer  pricing  for  all  subsequent  sales,  including  sales  of  inventory  on  hand  at  the  time  of  the 
increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as inventory holding gains. However, significant increases in cigarette product costs 
and cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, because we are paid on a cents per  carton 
basis  for  cigarette  sales.  Conversely,  we  generally  benefit  from  food/non-food  price  increases,  because  product  costs  for  these 
categories are usually marked up using a percentage of cost of goods sold. 

29 

 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  cigarette  and  cigarette  tax  stamp  inventory  holding  gains  were  $19.1  million,  or  3.0%,  of  our  gross  profit  for  2015 
compared to $8.2 million, or 1.4%, of our gross profit for 2014. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as 
carton  sales  decline  in  order  to  maintain  or  enhance  their  overall  profitability  and  the  various  taxing  jurisdictions  will  raise  excise 
taxes to make up for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines. 

In  addition,  in  2014,  we  recognized  $6.0  million,  or  1.1%,  of  our  gross  profit  for  candy  inventory  holding  gains  resulting 
from  manufacturer  price  increases.  These  gains  were  recognized  as  the  inventory  was  sold.  Although  we  have  realized  significant 
candy inventory holding gains in two of the last five years, this income is not predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the 
timing of manufacturer price increases. 

The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2015 and 

2014 (in millions)(1): 

2015 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

  Amounts 

  $ 

789.3    $  11,069.4     

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%    

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes 

  Amounts 
— %   $  10,280.1     

2014 

% of Net 
sales 
100.0%    

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes 
—% 

687.9     

8,857.7     

80.0 

100.0  

8,169.8     

79.5 

100.0 

  $ 

1.9    $ 

10.1     

0.09%    

0.11 %   $ 

8.2     

0.08%    

0.10% 

Net sales 
Net sales, less excise taxes 

(non-GAAP)(2) 

Components of gross 

profit: 

Cigarette inventory holding 

gains(3) 

Candy inventory holding 

gains(4) 

Cigarette tax stamp 

inventory holding gains (5)  

OTP tax items(6) 
LIFO expense(7) 
Remaining gross profit 

(non-GAAP)(8) 
Gross profit 

(6.0)     

—     

— 

—  

6.0     

0.06 

0.08 

9.0     
(6.7)     
(14.4)     

9.0     
1.8     
(1.9)    

0.08 
0.02 
(0.02) 

0.10  
0.02  
(0.02 ) 

—     
8.5     
(16.3)    

— 
0.08 
(0.16)     

— 
0.10 
(0.20) 

  $ 

51.6     
64.2    $ 

618.9     
637.9     

5.59 
5.76%    

6.99  
7.20 %   $ 

567.3     
573.7     

5.52 
5.58%   

6.94 
7.02% 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass 
the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net 
sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced; however we do not expect increases in excise taxes to negatively impact gross profit per carton 
(see  the  reconciliation  of  Net  Sales,  less  excise  taxes  to  Net  Sales  in  “Comparison  of  Sales  and  Gross  Profit  by  Product  Category”  and  in  “Non-GAAP 
Financial Information”). 
The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $8.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for 2015, compared to 
$7.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for 2014. 
For 2014, we recognized approximately $6.0 million in candy inventory holding gains resulting from  manufacturer price increases. The amount of candy 
inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada for 2014 were $5.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. 
For 2015, we recognized cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $9.0 million, resulting from the increase in the excise tax rates of certain 
jurisdictions. 
For 2015, we received OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million related to prior years’ taxes. For 2014, we received OTP tax refunds of $9.0 million related to prior 
years’ taxes, offset by an OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million. 
The decrease in LIFO expense was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as 
published  by  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics.  Since  we  value  our  inventory  in  the  U.S.  on  a  LIFO  basis,  our  gross  profit  can  be  positively  or  negatively 
impacted  depending  on  the  relative  level  of  price  inflation  or  deflation  in  manufacturer  prices  as  reported  in  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  PPI  used  to 
estimate and record our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). 
See the reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in “Non-GAAP Financial Information”. 

Remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in “Non-
GAAP financial information”), increased $51.6 million, or 9.1%, to $618.9 million for 2015 from $567.3 million for 2014. In 2015, 
remaining gross profit margin was 5.59% of total net sales compared to 5.52% in 2014. The seven basis points increase in remaining 
gross profit margin was driven primarily by an increase in food/non-food margins, resulting largely from the continued success of our 
marketing  strategies,  which  improved  overall  margins  by  10  basis  points,  together  with  an  increase  in  cigarette  margins,  which 
contributed two basis points and offset by five basis points related primarily to increases in cigarette manufacturers’ prices. 

Cigarette remaining gross profit per carton, a non-GAAP financial measure, increased by 2.5% in 2015 compared to 2014 
due primarily to a shift in carton sales to more profitable geographies and higher manufacturers’ discounts earned as a result of price 
increases, offset partially by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations. 

30 

 
 
 
     
     
 
   
  
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
     
     
 
   
  
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
Food/non-food remaining gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure (see reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross 
profit in “Non-GAAP financial information”), increased $36.5 million, or 8.9% in 2015 compared to 2014. Food/non-food remaining 
gross profit margin increased 33 basis points to 12.61% in 2015 compared with 12.28% for the same period in 2014 driven primarily 
by  sales  growth  in  our  Food  category  and  a  sales  shift  towards  higher  margin  items.  Our  remaining  gross  profit  for  food/non-food 
products was approximately 72% of our total remaining gross profit for both 2015 and 2014. 

To the extent we capture large chain business, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. However, large chain 
customers generally require less working capital, allowing us, in most cases, to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our 
investment.  Our  focus  is  to  strike  a  balance  between  large  chain  business,  which  generally  has  lower  gross  profit  margins,  and 
independently-owned convenience stores, which comprise approximately 67% of the overall convenience store market and generally 
have higher gross profit margins. 

Operating  Expenses.  Our  operating  expenses  include  costs  related  to  warehousing  and  distribution,  selling,  general  and 
administrative  and  amortization  of  intangible  assets.  In  2015,  operating  expenses  increased  by  $45.8  million,  or  9.1%,  to  $551.2 
million from $505.4 million in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses were 5.0% in 2015 compared to 4.9% in 
2014. Operating expenses for 2015 include approximately $15.9 million in incremental expenses for our new Ohio division and the 
addition of the Karrys Bros. operations. In addition, increases in the amount of cubic feet of product handled, incremental customer 
deliveries, approximately $6.0 million of additional costs associated with information technology, infrastructure and people to support 
future growth, and $1.1 million of identifiable costs related to the on-boarding of new customers, contributed to higher operating costs 
in 2015.  

Warehousing and Distribution Expenses. Warehousing and distribution expenses increased by $34.2 million, or 10.7%, to 
$352.6 million in 2015 from $318.4 million in 2014. As a percentage of total net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 
3.2%  for  2015  compared  with  3.1%  for  2014.  The  increase  in  warehouse  and  distribution  expenses  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
5.9% increase in comparable cubic feet of product sold driven largely by our food/non-food category, a 9.4% increase in deliveries to 
customers, and approximately $11.8 million in incremental expenses for our new Ohio division and the addition of the Karrys Bros. 
operations. In addition, workers’ compensation costs increased $2.5 million, and we incurred $1.1 million of identifiable costs related 
to the on-boarding of new customers. These increases were offset partially by a $7.7 million decrease in net fuel costs. The increase in 
workers’ compensation costs related primarily to the adverse development of certain claims from prior years. 

The  decrease  in  our  fuel  costs  was  driven  by  lower  diesel  fuel  prices  and  in  part  by  our  conversion  to  vehicles  that  use 
compressed natural gas (CNG), offset by an increase in miles driven. As of December 31, 2015, we had converted approximately 24% 
of  our  fleet  to  CNG  tractors.  Future  increases  or  decreases  in  fuel  costs  and  fuel  surcharges  we  collect  from  our  customers  may 
materially impact our financial results depending on the extent and timing of these changes. 

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (SG&A)  Expenses.  SG&A  expenses  increased  by  $11.6  million,  or  6.3%  in  2015  to 
$196.0 million from $184.4 million in 2014. SG&A expenses for 2015 included approximately $4.1 million of incremental expenses 
for  our  new  Ohio  division  and  the  addition  of  the  Karrys  Bros.  operations,  a  $2.8  million  increase  in  employee  bonus  and  stock 
compensation  expense,  $1.6  million  related  to  the  lump  sum  settlement  of  pension  liabilities  and  approximately  $6.0  million  of 
additional costs associated with information technology, infrastructure and people to support future growth. SG&A expenses for 2014 
included $1.5 million for a product liability settlement and related legal expenses and $1.0 million in professional fees associated with 
the collection of the OTP tax refunds in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 1.8% for both 2015 and 2014. 

Interest Expense. Interest expense includes both interest and amortization of loan origination costs related to borrowings and 
facility  fees  and  interest  on  capital  lease  obligations.  Interest  expense  was  $2.5  million  and  $2.4  million  in  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. Average borrowings were $39.6 million and $14.8 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively, with an average interest rate 
of 1.6% for both years. 

Foreign Currency Transaction Losses, Net. Foreign currency transaction losses were $1.8 million in 2015 compared to $0.1 
million  in  2014.  The  change  was  due  primarily  to  the  fluctuation  in  the  Canadian/U.S.  dollar  exchange  rate.  During  times  of  a 
strengthening U.S. dollar, we will record transaction losses from our Canadian operations. Conversely we will record transaction gains 
during times of a weakening U.S. dollar.  

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 37.9% for 2015 compared to 35.7% for 2014. The provision for income taxes for 
2015 included a net benefit of $0.3 million, compared to a net benefit of $1.8 million in 2014, related primarily to adjustments of prior 
years’  estimates  and  the  expiration  of  statute  of  limitations  for  uncertain  tax  positions  which  reduced  our  effective  tax  rates  by 
approximately 0.4% and 2.7%, respectively. 

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA for 2015 increased 10.2% to $135.2 million compared to $122.7 million for 2014. The 
increase in Adjusted EBITDA was driven primarily by an increase in gross profit (see the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net 
income in “Adjusted EBITDA”). 

31 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial  measure used by management to measure operating performance. We believe 
Adjusted EBITDA provides meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and allows 
investors to view results in a manner similar to the method used by our management. Adjusted EBITDA is also among the primary 
measures used externally by our investors, analysts and peers in our industry for purposes of valuation and comparing our results to 
other  companies.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  not  defined  by  GAAP  and  the  discussion  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  be  considered  as  a 
supplement  to,  and  not  as  a substitute  for, or  superior  to,  financial  measures  calculated  in  accordance  with GAAP. We  may  define 
Adjusted EBITDA differently than other companies and therefore such measures may not be comparable to ours. 

The following table provides the components of Adjusted EBITDA for years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in 

millions): 

Net income 
Interest expense, net (1) 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
LIFO expense 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net 

Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP) 

(1) 

Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income. 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

  $ 

  $ 

54.2    $ 
5.1     
31.3     
42.9     
13.2     
6.1     
(0.5)    
152.3    $ 

51.5    $ 
2.0     
31.4     
37.9     
1.9     
8.7     
1.8     
135.2    $ 

42.7 
1.8 
23.7 
32.0 
16.3 
6.1 
0.1 
122.7 

32 

 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category  

The following table summarizes our cigarette and food/non-food product sales, LIFO expense, gross profit and other relevant 

financial data for 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in millions)(1): 

2016 

2015 

2014 

Cigarettes 
Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2) 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(3) 
LIFO expense (4) 
Gross profit (5) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7) 
Remaining gross profit % (non-GAAP) 
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

Food/Non-food 
Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2) 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(3) 
LIFO expense (income) (4) 
Gross profit (6) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7) 
Remaining gross profit % (non-GAAP) 
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

Totals 
Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2) 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP)(3) 
LIFO expense (4) 
Gross profit (5) (6) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP)(7) 
Remaining gross profit % (non-GAAP) 
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

10,335.7 
2,716.2 
7,619.5 
11.7 
220.0 
2.13%  
2.89%  
216.4 
2.09%  
2.84%  

4,193.7 
305.8 
3,887.9 
1.5 
516.9 
12.33%  
13.30%  
518.4 
12.36%  
13.33%  

14,529.4 
3,022.0 
11,507.4 
13.2 
736.9 
5.07%  
6.40%  
734.8 
5.06%  
6.39%  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

7,528.5 
1,977.5 
5,551.0 
11.0 
180.5 
2.40%  
3.25%  
172.4 
2.29%  
3.11%  

3,540.9 
234.2 
3,306.7 
(9.1) 
457.4 
12.92%  
13.83%  
446.5 
12.61%  
13.50%  

11,069.4 
2,211.7 
8,857.7 
1.9 
637.9 
5.76%  
7.20%  
618.9 
5.59%  
6.99%  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,942.0 
1,881.1 
5,060.9 
10.1 
155.4 
2.24% 
3.07% 
157.3 
2.27% 
3.11% 

3,338.1 
229.2 
3,108.9 
6.2 
418.3 
12.53% 
13.45% 
410.0 
12.28% 
13.19% 

10,280.1 
2,110.3 
8,169.8 
16.3 
573.7 
5.58% 
7.02% 
567.3 
5.52% 
6.94% 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Excise taxes included in our net sales consist of state, local and provincial excise taxes, which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise 
taxes  are  levied  on  the  manufacturers  who  pass  the  tax  on  to  us  as  part  of  the  product  cost  and  thus  are  not  a  component  of  our  excise  taxes.  Although 
increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced since gross profit dollars generally remain the 
same. 
See the reconciliation of net sales less excise taxes to net sales in “Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category” and in “Non-GAAP Financial 
Information”.  
LIFO expense increased $11.3 million in 2016 compared to 2015, due primarily to an increase in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure 
food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can 
be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor 
Statistics PPI used to estimate and record our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial 
statements). 
Cigarette gross profit includes (i) cigarette inventory holding gains related to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, local and provincial excise 
taxes  and  (iii)  LIFO  effects.  Cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  for  the  years  2016,  2015  and  2014  were  $15.3  million,  $10.1  million  and  $8.2  million, 
respectively. For 2015, we recognized cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $9.0 million, resulting from the increase in the excise tax 
rates of certain jurisdictions. 
Food/non-food  gross  profit  includes  (i) inventory  holding  gains  related  to  manufacturer  price  increases,  (ii)  increases  in  state,  local  and  provincial  excise 
taxes, (iii) LIFO effects, (iv) OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million in 2015 and $8.5 million in 2014, net of an OTP assessment of $0.5 million related to prior 
years’ taxes, and (v) a $6.0 million net candy holding gain in 2014. 
See the reconciliation of remaining gross profit to gross profit in “Non-GAAP Financial Information”. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as  of  December 31,  2016  were  $26.4  million  compared  to  $12.5  million  at  December 31, 
2015. Our restricted cash at December 31, 2016 was $15.3 million compared to $8.5 million at December 31, 2015. Restricted cash 
represents primarily funds that have been set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing authorities to secure 
amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes. 

Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements for our 
revolving credit facility (Credit Facility), income taxes, repurchases of common stock and dividend payments. We have historically 
funded our liquidity requirements through our cash flows from operations and external borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 
2016, our cash flows from operating activities used $98.0 million, and on December 31, 2016, we had $224.8 million of borrowing 
capacity available under our Credit Facility. 

Based on our anticipated cash needs, availability under our Credit Facility and the scheduled maturity of our debt, we expect 

that our current liquidity will be sufficient to meet all of our anticipated operating needs during the next twelve months. 

On  September 14,  2016,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  motion  to  terminate  the  Company’s  qualified  defined-benefit 
pension plan. Pension liabilities will be settled through either lump sum payments or purchasing annuities from an insurance company. 
We expect to make cash contributions between $4.0 million and $6.0 million to settle our pension obligations in 2017. Settling the 
plan will eliminate cash contributions, lower future expenses and eliminate the risk of rising Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 
premiums. 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Year ended December 31, 2016  

Net cash used in operating activities was $98.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $77.2 million of 

cash provided for the same period in 2015.  

Significant  new  operating  agreements  with  Murphy  U.S.A.  and  7-Eleven  Inc.,  both  of  which  commenced  in  2016, 
significantly  contributed  to  increases  in  working  capital  requirements  during  the  year.  Changes  in  operating  assets  and  liabilities 
caused  net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  of  $226.1  million.  Specifically,  inventories,  accounts  receivable,  and  other  receivables, 
increased  $180.4  million,  $59.2  million,  and  $37.0  million,  respectively,  utilizing  working  capital,  and  using  cash.  Offsetting  this 
usage  was  an  increase  of  cigarette  and  tobacco  taxes  payables,  which  provided  cash  of  $65.5  million.  Other  net  working  capital 
movements used cash of $15.0 million.  

Offsetting the working capital requirements of $226.1 million was net income of $54.2 million plus non-cash additions to net 
income  from  Depreciation,  LIFO  and  inventory  provision,  of  $42.9  million,  and  $13.2  million,  respectively.  Other  non-cash 
adjustments to net income were $17.8 million. 

Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $10.7 million to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 
compared to $66.5 million for the same period in 2014. This increase was due primarily to an increase of $17.6 million in net income 
adjusted for non-cash items, offset by an increase in cash used in working capital of $6.9 million. The increase in cash used in working 
capital  was  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in  receivables  resulting  primarily  from  higher  sales  and  the  timing  of  inventory  purchases 
including prepayments to certain vendors. 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Year ended December 31, 2016  

Net  cash  used in  investing  activities  increased by  $114.0 million  to $157.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 2016 
compared to $43.2 million for the same period in 2015. The increase in cash used was primarily driven by the acquisition of Pine State 
for $88.4 million compared to $8.0 million for the acquisition of Karrys Bros. in the prior year. Significant capital expenditures for the 
year included $16.8 million in leasehold improvements for a new building for our Las Vegas division and other building upgrades, as 
well  as  $13.7  million  in  logistics  equipment  to  accommodate  new  business.  Capital  expenditures  for  2017  are  expected  to  be 
approximately  $50  million,  which  will  be  utilized  for  expansion  projects,  including  investments  costs  associated  with  our  supply 
agreement with Walmart. 

34 

Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  decreased  by  $17.9  million  to  $43.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015 
compared  to  $61.1  million  for  the  same  period  in  2014.  The  reduction  in  cash  used  was  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  capital 
expenditures  of  approximately  $23.6  million  and  a  decrease  in  restricted  cash  of  $5.4  million,  offset  by  $8.0  million  used  for  the 
acquisition  of  Karrys  Bros.  The  decrease  in  capital  expenditures  is  attributable  primarily  to  higher  spending  in  2014  attributable 
primarily to a distribution center in Ohio, and an investment in advanced ordering technology for customers. 

Cash flows from financing activities  

Year ended December 31, 2016  

Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  increased  by  $300.9  million  to  $266.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31, 
2016 compared to net cash used of $34.2 million for the same period in 2015. This increase was due primarily to a $297.9 million 
increase in net borrowings made under our Credit Facility, partially in support of our acquisition of Pine State for $88.4 million, as 
well as to fund increased working capital requirements to support our business expansion activities. Book overdrafts increased $8.6 
million caused by the level of cash on hand in relation to the timing of vendor payments and outstanding checks. 

Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  increased  by  $32.8  million  to  $34.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015 
compared to $1.4 million for the same period in 2014. This increase was due primarily to net repayments on our Credit Facility of $9.3 
million in 2015 compared to net borrowings of $9.6 million in 2014, a decrease in book overdrafts of $6.1 million caused by the level 
of cash on hand in relation to the timing of vendor payments and outstanding checks, and an increase of $3.3 million for dividends and 
stock repurchases. 

Our Credit Facility  

We have a Credit Facility with a borrowing capacity of $600 million, as of December 31, 2016. On November 4, 2016, we 
entered into a ninth amendment to the Credit Facility (the Ninth Amendment), which increased the Credit Facility from $450 million 
to $600 million. The Credit Facility has an expansion feature which can be increased up to an additional $100 million, limited by a 
borrowing  base  primarily  consisting  of  eligible  accounts  receivable  and  inventories.  All  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility  are 
secured by first priority liens on substantially all of our present and future assets. The terms of the Credit Facility permit prepayment 
without penalty at any time (subject to customary breakage costs with respect to London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) or Canadian 
Dollar Offer Rate (CDOR) based loans prepaid prior to the end of an interest period). This will be subject to the same borrowing base 
limitations as the Eighth amendment. 

On May 16, 2016, we entered into an Eighth amendment, which increased the size of the Credit Facility from $300 million to 
$450 million. In addition, the Eighth amendment allows for unlimited stock repurchases and dividends, as long as we meet certain 
credit availability percentages and fixed charge coverage ratios.  

The  Credit  Facility  matures  in  May  2020.  We  incurred  fees  of  approximately  $1.3  million  in  connection  with  the 
amendments. As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all of the covenants under the Credit Facility. See Note 8 - Long-
Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for additional details on the Credit Facility. 

Amounts borrowed, outstanding letters of credit and amounts available to borrow, net of certain reserves required under the 

Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions):  

Amounts borrowed, net 
Outstanding letters of credit 
Amounts available to borrow (1) 

(1) 

Excluding $100 million expansion feature. 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$ 

  $ 

336.0 
17.4 
224.8 

47.0 
18.5 
123.9 

Average  borrowings  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016  and  2015  were  $184.4  million  and  $39.6  million, 
respectively, with  amounts borrowed  at  any  one  time  during  the  years  then  ended ranging  from zero  to $428.0 million  and  zero  to 
$120.9 million, respectively. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional details on the increase to average borrowings details. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  following  table  presents  information  regarding  our  contractual  obligations  that  existed  as  of 

December 31, 2016 (in millions):  

Credit Facility (1) 
Purchase obligations (2) 
Letters of credit 
Operating leases 
Capitalized leases (3) 

$ 

Total contractual obligations (4)(5)(6)   

$ 

Total 

Less than 1 
Year 

1 - 3 Years 

3 - 5 Years 

More than 5 
Years 

336.0 
47.8 
17.4 
350.0 
16.8 
768.0 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
23.3 
17.4 
54.3 
2.6 
97.6 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
10.0 
— 
99.3 
4.6 
113.9 

  $ 

  $ 

336.0 
14.5 
— 
75.1 
3.2 
428.8 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
— 
— 
121.3 
6.4 
127.7 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Represents amounts borrowed under our Credit Facility and does not include interest costs associated with the Credit Facility. 
Our purchase obligations at December 31, 2016 were related primarily to purchases of compressed natural gas for our trucking fleet, delivery and warehouse 
equipment,  computer  software  and  services,  and  leasehold  improvements  (see  Note  9  -  Commitments  and  Contingencies  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements). 
Represents net future minimum lease payments for warehouse facility, refrigeration and other office and warehouse equipment. Current maturities of capital 
leases are included in accrued liabilities, and non-current maturities are included in long-term debt. Interest costs associated with the capitalized leases are 
included in the table above. 
We have not included in the table above claims liabilities of $40.2 million, which includes health and welfare, workers’ compensation and general and auto 
liabilities because they do not have a definite payout by year. Claims liabilities are discussed in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our 
consolidated financial statements. 
As discussed in Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements, we have $4.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in short-
term  obligation  arising  from  an  underfunded  pension  plan  and  other  post-retirement  benefit  plan  and  $2.4  million  long-term  obligation  arising  from 
underfunded  other  post-retirement  benefit  plan.  Cash  contributions  of  approximately  $4.0  million  to  $6.0  million  to  settle  pension  obligations  in  2017  in 
conjunction with the termination of our pension plan are not included in the schedule above.  
The table excludes unrecognized tax liabilities of $0.2 million because a reasonable and reliable estimate of the timing of future tax payments or settlements, 
if any, cannot be determined (see Note 10 - Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements).  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

Letters of Credit. As of December 31, 2016, our standby letters of credit issued under our Credit Facility were $17.4 million 
related  primarily  to  casualty  insurance.  The  majority  of  the  standby  letters  of  credit  mature  in  one  year.  However,  in  the  ordinary 
course of our business, we will continue to renew or modify the terms of the letters of credit to support business requirements. The 
liabilities underlying the letters of credit are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Operating Leases. The majority of our sales offices, warehouse facilities and trucks are subject to lease agreements which 
expire  at  various  dates  through  2032,  excluding  renewal  options.  We  are  generally  required  to  incur  maintenance,  insurance,  and 
property tax expenses in connection with our lease agreements. In most instances, we expect the leases that expire will be renewed or 
replaced in the normal course of our business. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on our consolidated 
financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S.  The 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. The 
critical  accounting  polices  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  those  that  are  important  both  to  the 
presentation of financial condition and results of operations and require significant judgments with regards to estimates. We base our 
estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
We  believe  the  current  assumptions  and  other  considerations  used  to  estimate  amounts  reflected  in  our  financial  statements  are 
appropriate; however, actual results could differ from these estimates. 

We consider the allowance for doubtful accounts, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, claims liabilities and insurance 
recoverables, valuation of pension assets and obligations, valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill, realizability of deferred income 
taxes and uncertain tax positions to be those estimates which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe that the 
following represent the more critical accounting policies, which are subject to estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of 
our financial statements. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for losses we estimate will arise from our trade customers’ inability to make 
required  payments.  We  evaluate  the  collectability  of  accounts  receivable  and  determine  the  appropriate  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific customer accounts. In determining the adequacy of allowances for 
customer  receivables,  we  analyze  factors  such  as  the  value  of  any  collateral,  customer  financial  statements,  historical  collection 
experience,  aging  of  receivables,  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors.  It  is  possible  that  the  accuracy  of  the  estimation 
process  could  be  materially  affected  by  different  judgments  as  to  the  collectability  based  on  information  considered  and  further 
deterioration  of  accounts.  If  circumstances  change  (i.e.,  further  evidence  of  material  adverse  creditworthiness,  additional  accounts 
become credit risks, store closures or deterioration in general economic conditions), our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due 
us could be reduced by a material amount. 

The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  at  December 31,  2016  and  2015  amounted  to  1.9%  and  3.9%,  respectively,  of  gross 

trade accounts receivable. 

Bad debt expense associated with our trade customer receivables was $2.0 million, $1.3 million and $2.2 million in 2016, 

2015 and 2014, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, our bad debt expense was less than 0.1% for 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances  

Periodic  payments  from  vendors  in  various  forms  including  rebates,  promotional  allowances  and  volume  discounts  are 
reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and as cost of goods sold as the related merchandise is sold. Up-
front consideration received from vendors linked to purchase or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost 
of  goods  sold  as  the  performance  of  the  activities  specified  by  the  vendor  to  earn  the  fee  is  completed.  Cooperative  marketing 
incentives  from  suppliers  are  recorded  as  reductions  to  cost  of  goods  sold  to  the  extent  the  vendor  considerations  exceed  the  costs 
relating to the programs. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or merchandising programs are provided. 
Certain  vendor  incentive  promotions  require  that  we  make  assumptions  and  judgments  regarding,  for  example,  the  likelihood  of 
achieving market share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of our vendors and can 
fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. 

Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables  

We maintain reserves related to workers’ compensation, general and auto liability and health and welfare programs that are 
principally  self-insured.  Our  workers’  compensation,  general  and  auto  liability  insurance  policies  currently  include  a  deductible  of 
$500,000 per occurrence and we maintain excess loss insurance that covers any health and welfare costs in excess of $250,000 per 
person per year. 

Our reserves for workers’ compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are estimated based on applying an actuarially 
derived loss development factor to our incurred losses, including losses for claims incurred but not yet reported. Actuarial projections 
of losses concerning workers’ compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are subject to a high degree of variability. Among 
the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, health care costs, litigation trends, legal 
interpretations,  legislative  reforms,  benefit  level  changes  and  claim  settlement  patterns.  Our  reserve  for  health  and  welfare  claims 
includes an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, which is derived primarily from historical experience. 

Our claim liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and 
other insured events are presented in their gross amounts because there is no right of offset. The following is a summary of our net 
reserves as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in millions): 

Gross claims liabilities: 

Workers’ compensation 
Auto & general insurance 
Health & welfare 

Total gross claims liabilities 

Insurance recoverables 

Reserves (net): 

Workers’ compensation 
Auto & general insurance 
Health & welfare 

Reserves (net) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Current 

2016 
  Long-Term 

Total 

  Current 

2015 
  Long-Term 

Total 

6.6 
3.1 
3.7 
13.4 

  $ 

  $ 

22.3  
4.5  
—  
26.8  

  $ 

  $ 

28.9 
7.6 
3.7 
40.2 

  $ 

  $ 

5.9 
2.3 
3.7 
11.9 

  $ 

  $ 

23.5 
3.1 
— 
26.6 

  $ 

  $ 

29.4 
5.4 
3.7 
38.5 

(2.1)    $ 

(12.9 )    $ 

(15.0)    $ 

(1.5)    $ 

(14.4)    $ 

(15.9) 

5.7 
1.9 
3.7 
11.3 

  $ 

  $ 

11.3  
2.6  
—  
13.9  

  $ 

  $ 

17.0 
4.5 
3.7 
25.2 

  $ 

  $ 

4.8 
1.9 
3.7 
10.4 

  $ 

  $ 

10.0 
2.2 
— 
12.2 

  $ 

  $ 

14.8 
4.1 
3.7 
22.6 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The increase in these reserves for 2016 was due primarily to a higher number of claims and reported losses for our workers 
compensation,  general  and  auto  insurance  liability.  A  10%  change  in  our  incurred  but  not  reported  estimates  would  increase  or 
decrease the estimated reserves for our workers’ compensation liability, general and auto insurance liability, and health and welfare 
liability as of December 31, 2016 by $1.0 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively. 

Valuation of Pension Assets and Obligations  

We sponsored a qualified defined-benefit pension plan and a post-retirement benefit plan (collectively, “the Pension Plans”) 
for employees hired before September 1986 and certain employees of Fleming, our former parent company. As discussed in Note 11 - 
Employee Benefit Plans to our consolidated financial statements, our qualified defined-benefit pension plan was underfunded by $4.3 
million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There have been no new entrants to the pension or non-pension 
post-retirement benefit plans after those benefit plans were frozen on September 30, 1986. 

The determination of the obligation and expense associated with our Pension Plans is dependent, in part, on our selection of 
certain assumptions used by our independent actuaries in calculating these amounts. These assumptions are disclosed in Note 11 to the 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  include,  among  other  things,  the  weighted-average  discount  rate  and  the  expected  weighted-
average long-term rate of return on plan assets. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of 
economic and other factors. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, actual results that differ from actuarial assumptions are accumulated and 
amortized over future periods and therefore, affect recognized expense and the recorded obligation in such future periods. While we 
believe our assumptions are appropriate, significant differences in actual results or changes in our assumptions may materially affect 
our pension and other post-retirement obligations and associated future expense. 

On  September  14,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  motion  to  terminate  the  Company’s  qualified  defined-benefit 
pension  plan.  We  expect  to  complete  the  settlement  of  our  pension  liabilities  through  either  lump  sum  payments  or  purchased 
annuities by December 31, 2017 (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans). 

We  select  the  weighted-average  discount  rates  for  each  benefit  plan  as  the  rate  at  which  the  benefits  could  be  effectively 
settled  as  of  the  measurement  date.  In  selecting  an  appropriate  weighted-average  discount  rate  we  use  a  yield  curve  methodology, 
matching the expected benefits at each duration to the available high quality yields at that duration and calculating an equivalent yield, 
which is the ultimate discount rate used. The weighted-average discount rates used to determine the pension obligation and pension 
expense  were  3.30%  and  4.13%,  respectively  for  2016,  and  4.32%  and  4.05%,  respectively  for  2015.  A  lower  weighted-average 
discount rate increases pension expense and the present value of benefit obligations. Expected return on pension plan assets is based 
on historical experience of our portfolio and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-
income indices, as well as target asset allocation. In 2016, our target allocation was adjusted to 100% fixed income with the objective 
of hedging the obligation in anticipation of the pension plan termination. Our assumed weighted-average rate of return on our assets 
was 3.6% and 6.0% for 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Sensitivity  analysis  for  changes  in  the  major  assumptions  of  our  pension  plans  as  of  December 31,  2016  is  as  follows  (in 

millions): 

Expected return on plan assets 
Discount rate -- Pension 
Discount rate -- Post-retirement 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets 

Percentage 
Point 
Change 
+/- .25 pt 
+/- .25 pt 
+/- .25 pt 

Projected Benefit  
Obligation  
Decrease  
(Increase) 
N/A 
$1.0 / (1.0) 
$0.1 / (0.1) 

Expense 
Decrease (Increase) 
$0.1 / (0.1) 
$0.0 / (0.0) 
$0.0 / (0.0) 

We review our long-lived assets for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets consist primarily of land, buildings, delivery, warehouse 
and  office  equipment,  leasehold  improvements  and  intangible  assets  with  definite  useful  lives.  An  impairment  of  long-lived  assets 
exists when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value. Impairment losses are recorded when the 
carrying amount of the impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset 
(or asset group) to the undiscounted cash flows which are expected to be generated from its use. Our estimates of future cash flows are 
based on historical experience and management’s expectations of relevant customers and markets and other operational factors. These 
estimates project future cash flows several years into the future and can be affected by factors such as competition, inflation and other 
economic conditions. We have assessed our asset groups and determined we have five asset groups. We did not record impairment 
losses related to long-lived assets in any of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

38 

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation of Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable 
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but 
must be evaluated for impairment. We test goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, or whenever events or circumstances 
indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The Company’s reporting 
units, which are the United States and Canada, also represent the Company’s operating segments. Whenever events or circumstances 
change, we  assess  the  related  qualitative  factors  to determine whether it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step quantitative  goodwill 
impairment  test.  The  tests  to  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  are  performed  at  the  reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step  of  the 
quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit 
is less than its carrying value, we perform a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill associated with the reporting 
unit.  If  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,  such  excess  represents  the  amount  of  goodwill 
impairment  for  which  an  impairment  loss  would  be  recorded.  Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  involves  the  use  of 
significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on the discounted cash flow method, 
which is based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers sales, gross profit, operating profit 
and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and 
other estimates and assumptions for future growth rates, working capital and capital expenditures. We base our fair value estimates on 
assumptions we believe to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. We did not record any 
impairment charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing performed during 2016, the first step of the test indicated that the 
fair  values  of  the  applicable  reporting  units  significantly  exceeded  their  carrying  values,  and  accordingly,  no  further  testing  of 
goodwill was required. However, changes in the judgments and estimates underlying our analysis of goodwill for possible impairment, 
including  expected  future  cash  flows  and  discount  rate,  could  result  in  a  significantly  different  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
reporting units in the future and could result in impairment of goodwill.  

Non-GAAP Financial Information 

The  financial  statements  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Core-Mark  uses 
certain non-GAAP financial measures including (i) Adjusted EBITDA, (ii) net income excluding LIFO expense, (iii) net sales, less 
excise taxes, (iv) remaining gross profit, (v) remaining gross profit margin, (vi) remaining gross profit margin less excise taxes, and 
(vii)  cigarette  remaining  gross  profit  per  carton.  We  believe  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  provide  meaningful  supplemental 
information for investors regarding the performance of our business and facilitate a meaningful period to period evaluation. We also 
believe these measures allow investors to view results in a manner similar to the method used by our management. Management uses 
these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  in  order  to  have  comparable  financial  results  to  analyze  changes  in  our  underlying  business. 
These non-GAAP measures should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures 
calculated in accordance with GAAP. These measures may be defined differently than other companies and therefore, such measures 
may  not  be  comparable  to  ours.  We  strongly  encourage  investors  and  stockholders  to  review  our  financial  statements  and  publicly 
filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. These non-GAAP measures are defined as follows: 

(i) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure used by management to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is also among 
the primary measures used externally by our investors, analysts and peers in our industry for purposes of valuation and comparing our 
results to other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is equal to net income adding back net interest expense, provision for income taxes, 
depreciation and amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction gains or losses. 
See  Adjusted  EBITDA  tables  to  our  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  for  additional  details  on  the  components  of  Adjusted 
EBITDA.  

(ii) Net income excluding LIFO expense is a non-GAAP financial measure which is net income excluding LIFO expense and 
tax  effects  of  LIFO  expense.  We  provide  this  measure  to  show  increases  in  net  income  for  a  more  comparable  analysis  between 
periods, without LIFO expenses, due to fluctuations in LIFO expenses resulting from inflation.  

The  following  table  reconciles  net  income  excluding  LIFO  expense  to  net  income,  its  most  comparable  financial  measure 

under GAAP (in millions) (1): 

2016 
Amounts 

2015 
Amounts 

Increase 

Amounts 

  Percentage 

Net income 
LIFO expense 
Provision for tax on LIFO expense 
LIFO expense, net of taxes 
Net income excluding LIFO expense (non-GAAP)  

$ 

$ 

54.2 
13.2 
(5.1)   
8.1 
62.3 

  $ 

  $ 

51.5 
1.9 
(0.7)   
1.2 
52.7 

  $ 

  $ 

2.7 
11.3 
4.4 
6.9 
9.6 

5.2 % 
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
18.2 % 

(1) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) Net sales less excise taxes is non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales and gross 
profits due to product sales growth and increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes, which we are responsible for collecting 
and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are 
not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage 
may be reduced.  

(iv)  Remaining  gross  profit  (including  cigarette  remaining  gross  profit  and  Food/Non-Food  remaining  gross  profit),  (v) 
remaining  gross  profit  margin,  (vi)  remaining  gross  profit  margin  less  excise  taxes,  and  (vii)  cigarette  remaining  gross  profit  per 
carton, are non-GAAP financial measures, which we provide to segregate the effects of LIFO expense, cigarette and candy inventory 
holding gains and certain other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit. 

The following tables reconcile net sales less excise taxes to net sales and remaining gross profit to gross profit, their most comparable 
financial measures under U.S. GAAP (in millions) (1): 

2016 
Amounts 

2015 
Amounts 

2014 
Amounts 

Net sales 
Excise taxes 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

Gross profit 
Cigarette inventory holding gains 
Candy inventory holding gains 
Cigarette tax stamp holding gains 
OTP tax refunds 
LIFO expense 
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

14,529.4 
(3,022.0)   
11,507.4 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

11,069.4 
(2,211.7)   
8,857.7 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

736.9 
(15.3)   
— 
— 
— 
13.2 
734.8 

637.9 
(10.1)   
— 
(9.0)   
(1.8)   
1.9 
618.9 

  $ 

  $ 

Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

6.39% 
5.07% 
6.40% 

6.99% 
5.76% 
7.20% 

(1) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.  

10,280.1 
(2,110.3) 
8,169.8 

573.7 
(8.2) 
(6.0) 
— 
(8.5) 
16.3 
567.3 

6.94%
5.58%
7.02%

2016 
Amounts 

2015 
Amounts 

2014 
Amounts 

Cigarettes: 
Net sales 
Excise taxes 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

Gross profit 
Cigarette inventory holding gains 
Cigarette tax stamp holding gains 
LIFO expense 
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10,335.7 
(2,716.2)   
7,619.5 

7,528.5 
(1,977.5)   
5,551.0 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

220.0 
(15.3)   
— 
11.7 
216.4 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

180.5 
(10.1)   
(9.0)   
11.0 
172.4 

Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

2.84% 
2.13% 
2.89% 

3.11% 
2.40% 
3.25% 

(1) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.  

40 

6,942.0 
(1,881.1) 
5,060.9 

155.4 
(8.2) 
— 
10.1 
157.3 

3.11%
2.24%
3.07%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 
Amounts 

2015 
Amounts 

2014 
Amounts 

Food/Non-food: 
Net sales 
Excise taxes 
Net sales, less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

Gross profit 
OTP tax refunds 
Candy inventory holding gains 
LIFO expense 
Remaining gross profit (non-GAAP) 

Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes (non-GAAP) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,193.7 
(305.8)   
3,887.9 

  $ 

  $ 

3,540.9 
(234.2)   
3,306.7 

  $ 

  $ 

516.9 
— 
— 
1.5 
518.4 

  $ 

457.4 

  $ 

(1.8)   
— 
(9.1)   

  $ 

446.5 

  $ 

13.33% 
12.33% 
13.30% 

13.50% 
12.92% 
13.83% 

3,338.1 
(229.2) 
3,108.9 

418.3 
(8.5) 
(6.0) 
6.2 
410.0 

13.19%
12.53%
13.45%

(1) Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results.  

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Our  most  significant  exposure  to  market  risk  comes  from  changes  in  short-term  interest  rates  on  our  variable  rate  debt. 
Depending upon the borrowing option chosen, the interest charged is generally based upon the prime rate or LIBOR plus an applicable 
margin.  If  interest  rates  increased  17  basis  points  (which  approximates  10%  of  the  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  our  average 
borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2016), our results of operations and cash flows would not be materially affected. 

We are exposed to foreign currency risk, primarily through our operations in Canada which conduct business in Canadian 
dollars.  We  record  gains  and  losses  within  our  stockholders’  equity  due  to  the  translation  of  the  Canadian  branches’  financial 
statements into U.S. dollars. A 10% unfavorable change in the weighted average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2016 would 
have reduced our net sales for 2016 by 0.9% and would not have materially impacted our operating income. Additionally, we incur 
foreign currency transaction gains and losses related to the level of activity between the U.S. and Canada. In 2016, we realized foreign 
currency  transaction  losses  of  $0.5  million.  A  10%  unfavorable  change  in  the  Canadian/U.S.  dollar  noon  exchange  rate  on 
December 31,  2016  would  have  had  an  immaterial  impact  on  foreign  currency  transaction  losses  for  2016.  We  did  not  engage  in 
hedging transactions during 2016, 2015 or 2014. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

(a) Financial Statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 

1. Financial Statements 

A. Audited Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets -- at December 31, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Operations -- for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income -- for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity -- for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -- for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of  
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 
South San Francisco, California: 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”)  as  of  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income, 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the 
financial  statement  schedule  in  Item 15.  We  also  have  audited  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31,  2016,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  As  described  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial 
Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Pine State Convenience (“Pine 
State”),  which  was  acquired  on  June 6,  2016  and  whose  financial  statements  constitute  approximately  9%  of  total  assets, 
approximately  4%  of  total  revenue,  and  approximately  8%  of  income  before  income  taxes  of  the  consolidated  financial  statement 
amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial 
reporting at Pine State. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for 
maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule and an opinion on the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal 
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, 
management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or  improper 
management override of controls, material  misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to 
the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of 
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December 31,  2016,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States  of  America.  Also,  in  our  opinion,  such  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated 
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on 
the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

San Francisco, California 

March 1, 2017 

43 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In millions, except share and per share data) 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Current assets: 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7.1 and $10.9 at December 

$ 

  $ 

26.4 
15.3 

31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively (Note 4) 

Other receivables, net (Note 4) 
Inventories, net (Note 5)  
Deposits and prepayments (Note 4) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)   

Total current assets   

Property and equipment, net (Note 6) 
Goodwill (Note 7) 
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7) 
Other non-current assets, net (Note 4) 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Book overdrafts (Note 2) 
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable 
Accrued liabilities (Note 4) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 10)   
Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt (Note 8) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 10) 
Other long-term liabilities   
Claims liabilities (Note 2)   
Pension liabilities (Note 11) 
Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9) 
Stockholders’ equity (Note 14): 

Common stock, $0.01 par value (100,000,000 shares authorized, 52,227,511 and 51,953,354 
shares issued; 46,152,958 and 46,116,670 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 
December 31, 2015, respectively) 

Additional paid-in capital 
Treasury stock at cost (6,074,553 and 5,836,684 shares of common stock at December 31, 

2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively) 

Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 15) 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

365.9 
106.5 
596.6 
82.8 
4.7 
1,198.2 
194.7 
36.0 
41.5 
26.6 
1,497.0 

119.2 
37.9 
259.8 
131.8 
0.1 
548.8 
347.7 
30.0 
11.5 
26.8 
2.4 
967.2 

0.5 
275.5 

(70.7)   
338.7 
(14.2)   
529.8 
1,497.0 

  $ 

$ 

12.5 
8.5 

272.7 
69.4 
407.4 
65.0 
1.8 
837.3 
159.5 
22.9 
29.5 
28.1 
1,077.3 

129.6 
29.2 
193.6 
106.9 
0.3 
459.6 
60.4 
18.6 
10.6 
26.6 
7.5 
583.3 

0.5 
271.6 

(61.8) 
300.0 
(16.3) 
494.0 
1,077.3 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Cost of goods sold 
Gross profit   

Warehousing and distribution expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 

Interest expense   
Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction gains (losses), net 

Income before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes (Note 10) 

Net income 

Basic net income per common share (Note 12) 
Diluted net income per common share (Note 12) 

Basic weighted-average shares (Note 12) 
Diluted weighted-average shares (Note 12) 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

  $ 

  $ 

2016 
14,529.4 
13,792.5 
736.9 
431.2 
210.3 
5.3 
646.8 
90.1 
(5.3)   
0.2 
0.5 
85.5 
(31.3)   
54.2 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
11,069.4 
10,431.5 
637.9 
352.6 
196.0 
2.6 
551.2 
86.7 
(2.5)   
0.5 
(1.8)   
82.9 
(31.4)   
51.5 

  $ 

  $ 

2014 
10,280.1 
9,706.4 
573.7 
318.4 
184.4 
2.6 
505.4 
68.3 
(2.4) 
0.6 
(0.1) 
66.4 
(23.7) 
42.7 

1.17 
1.17 

  $ 
  $ 

1.12 
1.11 

  $ 
  $ 

46.3 
46.5 

46.2 
46.6 

0.93 
0.92 

46.2 
46.6 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In millions) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: 
Defined benefit plan adjustments (Note 15) 
Foreign currency translation gain (loss) 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   

Comprehensive income 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

$ 

54.2 

  $ 

51.5 

  $ 

0.2 
1.9 
2.1 
56.3 

  $ 

0.2 
(4.9)   
(4.7)   
46.8 

  $ 

$ 

42.7 

(2.9) 
(3.0) 
(5.9) 
36.8 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In millions (1)) 

  Common Stock Issued 
    Amount 

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-in 
    Capital 

Treasury Stock 

    Shares 

    Amount 

    Retained 
    Earnings 

Comprehensive     

    (Loss) Income 

Accumulated 
Other 

Total 
Stockholders’   
Equity 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of 

tax 

Dividends declared  
Stock-based compensation 

expense 

Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated 
with stock-based compensation

Issuance of stock based 

instruments, net of shares 
withheld for employee taxes

Repurchase of common stock   

Balance, December 31, 2014 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss, net of 

tax 

Dividends declared  
Stock-based compensation 

expense 

Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated 
with stock-based compensation

Issuance of stock based 

instruments, net of shares 
withheld for employee taxes

Repurchase of common stock   

Balance, December 31, 2015 

Net income 
Other comprehensive income, net 

of tax  

Dividends declared  
Stock-based compensation 

expense 

Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated 
with stock-based compensation

Issuance of stock based 

instruments, net of shares 
withheld for employee taxes

Repurchase of common stock   

Balance, December 31, 2016 

51.2    $ 
—     

0.5    $ 
—     

254.3     
—     

(5.2)    $ 
—     

(44.6)    $ 
—     

229.5    $ 
42.7     

—     
—     

—     

—     
—     

—     
—     

—     
—     

—     
—     

—     
(10.8)     

—     

6.1     

—     

—     

0.2     

—     

2.1     

—     

—     

—     

—     

(5.7)    $ 
—     

(5.9)     
—     

—     

—     

—     

—     

2.8     

—     

—     

—     

—     

0.2     
—     
51.6     
—     

—     
—     

—     
—     
0.5     
—     

—     
—     

(1.7)     
—     
263.6     
—     

—     
—     

—     
(0.4)     
(5.6)     
—     

—     
—     

—     
(8.0)     
(52.6)     
—     

—     
—     
261.4     
51.5     

—     
—     

—     
(12.9)     

—     

—     

8.7     

—     

—     

0.2     

—     

0.4     

—     

—     

—     

—     

—     
—     
(11.6)     
—     

(4.7)     
—     

—     

—     

—     

—     

2.2     

—     

—     

—     

—     

0.2     
—     
52.0     
—     

—     
—     

—     
—     
0.5     
—     

—     
—     

(3.3)     
—     
271.6     
—     

—     
—     

—     
(0.2)     
(5.8)     
—     

—     
—     

—     
(9.2)     
(61.8)     
—     

—     
—     
300.0     
54.2     

—     
—     

—     
(15.5)     

—     

—     

6.1     

—     

—     

0.1     

—     

0.3     

—     

—     

—     

—     

—     
—     
(16.3)     
—     

2.1     
—     

—     

—     

—     

—     

2.9     

—     

—     

—     

—     

434.0 
42.7 

(5.9) 
(10.8) 

6.1 

2.1 

2.8 

(1.7) 
(8.0) 
461.3 
51.5 

(4.7) 
(12.9) 

8.7 

0.4 

2.2 

(3.3) 
(9.2) 
494.0 
54.2 

2.1 
(15.5) 

6.1 

0.3 

2.9 

0.1     
—     
52.2    $ 

—     
—     
0.5    $ 

(5.4)     
—     
275.5     

—     
(0.2)     
(6.0)    $ 

—     
(8.9)     
(70.7)    $ 

—     
—     
338.7    $ 

—     
—     
(14.2)    $ 

(5.4) 
(8.9) 
529.8 

(1)  Amounts have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by 

operating activities: 
LIFO and inventory provisions  
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Bad debt expense, net  
Depreciation and amortization   
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net 
Deferred income taxes  
Settlement charge 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable, net 
Other receivables, net  
Inventories, net 
Deposits, prepayments and other non-current assets 
Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation 
Accounts payable 
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable 
Pension, claims, accrued and other long-term liabilities 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired 
Change of restricted cash 
Additions to property and equipment, net   
Capitalization of software and related development costs 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Borrowings under revolving credit facility  
Repayments under revolving credit facility 
Payments of financing costs 
Dividends paid  
Payments of capital leases 
Repurchases of common stock 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted 

stock units 

Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation 
Book overdrafts, net 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates  
Change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 
Supplemental disclosures: 

Cash paid during the period for: 
Income taxes paid, net 
Interest paid 

Unpaid property and equipment purchases included in accrued liabilities

Non-cash capital lease obligations incurred   

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

$ 

54.2 

  $ 

51.5 

  $ 

42.7 

13.2 
0.5 
6.1 
2.0 
42.9 
(0.5)   
8.4 
1.3 

(59.2)   
(37.0)   
(180.4)   
(19.9)   
(2.9)   
(11.0)   
65.5 
18.8 
(98.0)   

(88.4)   
(6.8)   
(54.3)   
(7.7)   
— 
(157.2)   

1,638.7 
(1,349.7)   
(2.0)   
(15.5)   
(2.4)   
(8.9)   
0.3 

2.0 
0.3 
8.7 
1.3 
37.9 
1.8 
8.9 
1.6 

(28.1)   
(8.9)   
1.5 
(25.9)   
(2.2)   
4.0 
13.8 
9.0 
77.2 

(9.0)   
4.5 
(30.3)   
(8.7)   
0.3 
(43.2)   

936.2 
(945.1)   
(0.4)   
(12.8)   
(2.3)   
(9.2)   
0.4 

(5.4)   
2.9 
8.7 
266.7 
2.4 
13.9 
12.5 
26.4 

  $ 

20.9 
3.7 

  $ 
  $ 

2.9 
0.1 

  $ 
  $ 

(3.3)   
2.2 
0.1 
(34.2)   
(1.7)   
(1.9)   
14.4 
12.5 

  $ 

26.8 
1.3 

  $ 
  $ 

5.1 
5.4 

  $ 
  $ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

16.0 
0.3 
6.1 
2.2 
32.0 
0.1 
(3.0) 
— 

(13.8) 
(3.0) 
(50.6) 
5.7 
(2.8) 
20.6 
9.1 
4.9 
66.5 

(1.0) 
(0.9) 
(53.9) 
(5.3) 
— 
(61.1) 

488.3 
(478.7) 
— 
(10.7) 
(1.7) 
(8.0) 
2.1 

(1.7) 
2.8 
6.2 
(1.4) 
(0.6) 
3.4 
11.0 
14.4 

22.0 
1.1 

1.4 
4.7 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. 

Summary of Company Information  

Business 

Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (referred  to  herein  as  “the  Company”  or  “Core-Mark”)  is  one  of  the 
largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North America. The Company offers a 
full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to approximately 43,000 customer locations in the United States 
(“U.S.”) and Canada. The Company’s customers include traditional convenience stores, drug stores, grocery stores, liquor stores and 
other  specialty  and  small  format  stores  that  carry  convenience products.  The  Company’s  product offering  includes  cigarettes,  other 
tobacco products (“OTP”), candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health 
and  beauty  care  products.  The  Company  operates  a  network  of  30  distribution  centers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  (excluding  two 
distribution facilities it operates as a third party logistics provider). Twenty-five of the Company’s distribution centers are located in 
the U.S. and five are located in Canada. 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include Core-Mark and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and 

transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. 

On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, 
effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of 
business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements 
and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented. 

During 2016, the Company identified an error in the presentation of borrowings and repayments of the Company’s revolving 
credit facility in the previously issued consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company corrected the presentation of borrowings 
and  repayments  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  to  reflect  them  on  a  gross  basis,  rather  than  on  a  net  basis,  within  the  financing 
activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. The correction did not change previously reported total cash provided 
by (or used from) financing activities.  

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S.  (“U.S. 
GAAP”) requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and 
expenses during the reporting period. The Company considers the allowance for doubtful accounts, vendor rebates and promotional 
allowances, claims  liabilities and insurance recoverables, valuation of pension assets and obligations, valuation of long-lived assets 
and goodwill, realizability of deferred income taxes and uncertain tax positions to be those estimates which involve a higher degree of 
judgment and complexity. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  recognizes  revenue  at  the  point  at  which  the  product  is  delivered  and  title  passes  to  the  customer.  The 
Company includes fees charged to customers for shipping and handling activities in net sales and the related costs in cost of goods 
sold.  Revenues  are  reported  net  of  customer  incentives,  discounts  and  returns,  including  an  allowance  for  estimated  returns.  The 
allowance for sales returns is calculated based on the Company’s returns experience, which has historically not been significant. The 
Company also earns management service fee revenue from operating third party distribution centers belonging to certain customers. 
These revenues represented less than 1% of the Company’s total net sales for 2016, 2015 and 2014. Service fee revenue is recognized 
as earned on a monthly basis in accordance with the terms of the management service fee contracts and is included in net sales on the 
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

Customers’ Sales Incentives 

The Company also provides sales allowances or discounts to its customers on a regular basis. These customers’ sales incentives are 
recorded  as  a  reduction  to  net  sales  as  the  sales  incentive  is  earned  by  the  customer.  Additionally,  the  Company  may  provide 
allowances  for  the  customers’  commitments  to  continue  using  Core-Mark  as  the  supplier.  These  incentives  are  known  as  racking 
allowances. These allowances may be paid at the inception of the contract or on a periodic basis. Allowances paid at the inception of 
the contract are deferred and amortized over the period of the distribution agreement as a reduction to sales. 

49 

Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances 

Periodic  payments  from  vendors  in  various  forms  including  rebates,  promotional  allowances  and  volume  discounts,  are 
reflected in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and in cost of goods sold when the related merchandise is sold. 
Up-front consideration received from vendors for purchase or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost of 
goods sold as the performance of the activities specified by the vendor is completed. 

Cooperative marketing incentives received from vendors to fund specific programs first offset the costs of the program, and 
to the extent the consideration exceeds the costs relating to the program, the excess funds are recorded as reductions to cost of goods 
sold.  These  amounts  are  recorded  in  the  period  the  related  promotional  or  merchandising  programs  are  provided.  Certain  vendor 
incentive promotions require the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding, for example, the likelihood of achieving 
market share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of the Company’s vendors and 
can fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. Vendor rebates and promotional allowances earned totaled 
$221.2 million, $191.4 million and $162.8 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Excise Taxes 

The  Company  is  responsible  for  collecting  and  remitting  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  on  cigarette  and  other 
tobacco products. These excise taxes are a significant component of the Company’s net sales and cost of goods sold. In 2016, 2015 
and  2014,  approximately  $3.0  billion,  $2.2  billion  and  $2.1  billion,  or  21%,  20%  and  21%  of  the  Company’s  net  sales,  and 
approximately 22%, 21% and 22% of its cost of goods sold, respectively, represented excise taxes. Federal excise taxes are levied on 
the manufacturers who, in turn, pass the tax on to the Company as part of the product cost. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a 
component of the Company’s excise taxes. 

Stock-based Compensation 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards, performance 
shares  and  stock  options  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the  awards.  For  service  based  awards,  the  Company  recognizes  the 
expense  using  a  straight-line  method.  For  performance  based  awards,  the  Company  recognizes  the  expense  ratably  based  on  the 
achievement of performance conditions. 

Although  the  Company  has  not  granted  stock  options  since  2011,  the  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  option  valuation 
model to determine the fair value of stock option awards (see Note 13 - Stock Incentive Plans). Determining the appropriate fair value 
model  and  calculating  the  fair  value  of  stock  option  awards  at  the  grant  date  requires  considerable  judgment,  including  estimating 
stock price volatility, expected life of share awards and forfeiture rates. The Company develops its estimates based on historical data 
and market information, which can change significantly over time. 

Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefit Costs 

Pension and other post-retirement benefit costs are estimated on the basis of annual valuations by an independent actuary. 
Adjustments arising from plan amendments, changes in assumptions, and experience gains and losses are amortized over the expected 
average remaining service life of the employee group. The Company offers certain plan participants the option to receive a lump sum 
payment  in  lieu  of  future  annuity  pension  benefits.  Acceptance  of  the  lump  sum  payment  by  plan  participants  may  result  in  the 
Company recognizing a settlement charge and an adjustment in the projected benefit plan obligation. 

The  Company  recognizes  an  asset  for  the  plan’s  overfunded  status  or  a  liability  for  the  plan’s  underfunded  status  on  its 
consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal year. The Company determines the plan’s funded status by measuring its assets 
and  its  obligations  and  recognizes  changes  in  the  funded  status  of  its  defined  benefit  post-retirement  plan  in  the  year  in  which  the 
change occurred. 

On  September  14,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  motion  to  terminate  the  Company’s  qualified  defined-benefit 
pension plan. The Company expects its pension liabilities will be settled through either lump sum payments or purchased annuities by 
December 31, 2017 (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans). 

Income Taxes 

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the 
estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and 
liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases  and  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carry-forwards.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 
reduced by a valuation allowance when the Company does not consider it more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will be realized. 

50 

A  tax  benefit  from  an  uncertain  tax  position  may  be  recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be 
sustained upon  examination, including  resolutions of  any related  appeals or  litigation processes, based  on  the  technical  merits.  The 
Company has established an estimated liability for income tax exposures that arise and meet the criteria for accrual. The Company 
prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations and records estimates based on these judgments 
and  interpretations.  In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company’s  tax  returns  are  subject  to  examination  by  various  taxing 
authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. Inherent uncertainties exist 
in  estimates  of  tax  contingencies  due  to  changes  in  tax  law  resulting  from  legislation,  regulation  and/or  as  concluded  through  the 
various jurisdictions’ tax court systems. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as income tax expense 
(see Note 10 - Income Taxes). 

Earnings Per Share 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
during each period, excluding unvested RSUs and performance shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income 
by weighted-average shares outstanding including common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents include stock options, RSUs 
and performance based awards if the impact is dilutive, using the treasury stock method (see Note 12 - Earnings Per Share). 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Book Overdrafts 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, money market funds and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three 
months or less. Restricted cash represents funds collected and set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing 
authorities to secure amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes. The Company had book overdrafts of $37.9 million and 
$29.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Book overdrafts consist primarily of outstanding checks in excess of cash 
on hand in the corresponding bank accounts at the end of the period. The Company’s policy has been to fund these outstanding checks 
as  they  clear  with  cash  held  on  deposit  with  other  financial  institutions  or  with  borrowings  under  the  Company’s  revolving  credit 
facility. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts  receivable  consists  of  trade  receivables  from  customers.  The  Company  evaluates  the  collectability  of  accounts 
receivable  and  determines  the  appropriate  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  experience  and  a  review  of  specific 
customer  accounts.  Account  balances  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  collection  efforts  have  been  exhausted  and  the 
receivable is deemed uncollectible (see Note 4 - Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail). 

Other Receivables 

Other receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors for promotional and other incentives, which are accrued as 
earned. The Company evaluates the collectability of amounts due from vendors and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful 
accounts  based  on  historical  experience  and  a  review  of  specific  amounts  outstanding  (see  Note  4  -  Other  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheet Accounts Detail). 

Inventories 

Inventories consist of finished goods, including cigarettes and other tobacco products, food and other consumable products 
held for re-sale and are valued at the lower of cost or market. In the Company’s U.S. divisions, cost is determined primarily on a last-
in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  basis.  The  Company  uses  the  link-chain  dollar  value  LIFO  method.  The  inventory  price  index  computation 
(“IPIC”) is used to calculate LIFO inflation indices for which the LIFO inflation source is the producer price indices (“PPI”) published 
by the US Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”). The Company uses the IPIC pooling method for which LIFO pools are established for 
each  PPI  in  accordance  with  current  regulations.  When  the  Company  is  aware  of  material  price  increases  or  decreases  from 
manufacturers, the Company estimates the PPI for the respective period if it determines the price increase is not fully reflected in the 
PPI in order to more accurately reflect inflation rates. Under the LIFO method, current costs of goods sold are matched against current 
sales. Inventories in the Company’s Canadian divisions are valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis, as LIFO is not a permitted 
inventory  valuation  method  in  Canada.  Approximately  82%  and  88%  of  the  Company’s  inventory  was  valued  on  a  LIFO  basis  at 
December 31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  The  Company  reduces  inventory  value  for  spoiled,  aged  and  unrecoverable  inventory 
based on amounts on-hand and historical experience (see Note 5 - Inventories, Net). 

Property and Equipment 

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost,  net  of  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation  and 
amortization  on  new  purchases  are  computed  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  assets’  estimated  useful  lives.  Leasehold 
improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the property or the term of 
the lease including available renewal option terms if it is reasonably assured that those options will be exercised. Upon retirement or 
sale,  the  cost  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  of  the  assets  are  removed  and  any  related  gain  or  loss  is  reflected  in  the 
consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred  (see  Note  6  -  Property  and 
Equipment, Net). 

51 

The Company uses the following depreciable lives for its property and equipment: 

Office furniture and equipment 
Delivery equipment 
Warehouse equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
Buildings 

Other Long-lived Assets 

Useful Life in Years 
3-10 
4-10 
5-15 
3-25 
15-25 

Intangible assets with definite lives are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the following lives: 

Customer relationships 
Non-competition agreements 
Trade names 
Internally developed and other purchased software 

Useful Life in Years 
10-15 
1-5 
1-2 
3-7 

The  Company  reviews  its  long-lived  assets  for  indicators  of  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. An impairment of long-lived assets exists when the carrying 
amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value, and impairment losses are recorded when the carrying amount of 
the impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) to 
the  undiscounted  cash  flows  which  are  expected  to  be  generated  from  its  use.  The  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  five  asset 
groupings based on a review of its assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of 
the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not record impairment charges related to 
long-lived assets (see Note 6 - Property and Equipment, Net and Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net). 

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not 

amortized. 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1 or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The Company’s reporting units are its U.S. 
operations and Canadian operations. Whenever events or circumstances change, the Company assesses the related qualitative factors 
to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The tests to evaluate goodwill for 
impairment are performed at the reporting unit level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the 
fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company 
performs  a  second  step  to  determine  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  associated  with  the  reporting  unit.  If  the  carrying  value  of 
goodwill  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,  such  excess  represents  the  amount  of  goodwill  for  which  an  impairment  loss 
would  be  recorded.  Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  involves  the  use  of  significant  estimates  and  assumptions.  The 
estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on the discounted cash flow method, which is based on historical and forecasted 
amounts  specific  to  each  reporting  unit  and  considers  net  sales,  gross  profit,  income  from  operations  and  cash  flows  and  general 
economic  and  market  conditions,  as  well  as  the  impact  of  planned  business  and  operational  strategies  and  other  estimates  and 
assumptions  for  future  growth  rates,  working  capital  and  capital  expenditures.  The  Company  bases  its  fair  value  estimates  on 
assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value 
of reporting units constitutes a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. There has been no impairment of goodwill for any 
periods presented (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net). 

Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use 

The Company accounts for computer software systems, namely SAP Enterprise Resource Planning modules, the Company’s 
proprietary  Distribution  Center  Management  System  (“DCMS”),  and  software  purchased  from  third-party  vendors,  using  certain 
criteria under which costs associated with this software are either expensed or capitalized and amortized over periods from three to 
seven  years.  During  2016,  2015  and  2014  the  Company  capitalized  approximately  $7.2  million,  $9.5  million  and  $4.4  million, 
respectively, of costs related to software developed or obtained for internal use (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, 
Net). 

52 

 
 
 
 
Debt Issuance Costs 

Debt  issuance  costs  related  to  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility  (“Credit  Facility”)  are  deferred  and  amortized  as 
interest expense over the term of the related debt agreement on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. 
Debt issuance costs are included in deposits and prepayments and other non-current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $2.3 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively (see 
Note 8 - Long-term Debt). 

Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables 

The Company maintains reserves related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto and general liability programs 
that  are  principally  self-insured.  The  Company  currently  has  a  per-claim  deductible  of  $500,000  for  its  workers’  compensation, 
general  and  auto  liability  self-insurance  programs  and  a  per-person  annual  claim  deductible  of  $250,000  for  its  health  and  welfare 
program. The Company purchases insurance to cover the claims that exceed the deductible up to policy limits. Self-insured reserves 
are for pending or future claims that fall outside the policy and reserves include an estimate of expected settlements on pending claims 
and  a  provision  for  claims  incurred but  not  reported.  Estimates  for  workers’  compensation,  auto  and  general  liability  insurance  are 
based on the Company’s assessment of potential liability using an annual actuarial analysis of available information with respect to 
pending  claims,  historical  experience  and  current  cost  trends.  Reserves  for  claims  under  these  programs  are  included  in  accrued 
liabilities (current portion) and claims liabilities, net of current portion on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Claims  liabilities  and  the related  recoverables  from  insurance  carriers for  estimated  claims  in  excess of  the deductible  and 
other insured events are presented in their gross amounts on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets because there is no right of 
offset. The carrying values of claims liabilities and insurance recoverables are not discounted. Insurance recoverables are included in 
other  receivables,  net  and  other  non-current  assets,  net.  The  Company  had  gross  liabilities  for  health  and  welfare,  workers’ 
compensation, auto and general liability self-insurance obligations in the amounts of $26.8 million long-term and $13.4 million short-
term  at  December 31,  2016,  and  $26.6  million  long-term  and  $11.9  million  short-term  at  December 31,  2015.  The  Company’s 
liabilities net of insurance recoverables were $13.9 million long-term and $11.3 million short-term at December 31, 2016, and $12.2 
million long-term and $10.4 million short-term at December 31, 2015. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The operating assets and liabilities of the Company’s Canadian operations, whose functional currency is the Canadian dollar, 
are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive  Income  (“AOCI”)  as  a  component  of  stockholders’  equity.  Revenue  and  expenses  from  Canadian  operations  are 
translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect during the period in which the transactions occur. The Company also 
recognizes  gains  or  losses  on  foreign  currency  exchange  transactions  between  its  Canadian  and  U.S.  operations,  net  of  applicable 
income  taxes,  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  Company  currently  does  not  hedge  our  Canadian  foreign  currency 
cash flow. 

Total Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive  income  consists  of  net  income  and  other  transactions  recorded  directly  to  stockholders’  equity  that  are 
excluded  from  net  income.  Other  comprehensive  income  is  comprised  of  defined  benefit  plan  adjustments  and  foreign  currency 
translation adjustments related to the Company’s foreign operations in Canada, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar (see 
Note 15 - Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)). 

Fair Value Measurements 

The  Company’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  or  disclosed  at  fair  value  in  the  financial  statements  on  a 
recurring basis. The carrying amount of cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, other receivables, trade accounts 
payable,  cigarette  and  tobacco  taxes  payable  and  other  accrued  liabilities  approximates  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of 
these financial instruments. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate debt approximates fair value. 

The  Company  calculates  the  fair  value  of  certain  assets  related  to  acquisitions  and  cash  based  pension  plan  assets  using 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing these assets (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans). The Company uses a 
fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value and gives precedence to observable 
inputs in determining fair value. An instrument’s level within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any significant input to the 
fair value measurement. The following levels were established for each input: 

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 
or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are 
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

53 

Level 3 - Unobservable  inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability,  which reflect  the  Company’s own  assumptions  about what market 

participants would assume when pricing the asset or liability. 

Business Combinations 

The  Company  accounts  for  all  business  combinations  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting,  which  allocates  the  fair 
value of the purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair 
values. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. 
When  determining  the  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  management  makes  significant  estimates  and 
assumptions.  Management  may  further  adjust  the  acquisition  date  fair  values  for  a  period  of  up  to  one  year  from  the  date  of 
acquisition. Acquisition related expenses and transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred (see 
Note 3 - Acquisition). 

Risks and Concentrations 

Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk,  consist  principally  of  cash 
investments, accounts receivable and other receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in short-term instruments 
with high quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure in any one financial instrument. The Company pursues 
amounts  and  incentives  due  from  vendors  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  is  often  allowed  to  deduct  these  amounts  and 
incentives from payments made to vendors. 

A credit review is completed for new customers and ongoing credit evaluations of each customer’s financial condition are 
performed  periodically,  with  reserves  maintained  for  potential  credit  losses.  Credit  limits  given  to  customers  are  based  on  a  risk 
assessment of their ability to pay and other factors. Accounts receivable are typically not collateralized, but the Company may require 
prepayments or other guarantees whenever deemed necessary. 

Murphy U.S.A., who the Company began servicing in 2016, is the Company’s largest customer and accounted for 12.0% of 
total  net  sales  in  2016.  Alimentation  Couche-Tard,  Inc.  (“Couche-Tard”),  the  Company’s  second  largest  customer,  accounted  for 
11.4%, 14.2% and 14.5% of total net sales in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, no single customer accounted for 10% or 
more of accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

The  Company  has  two  significant  suppliers:  Philip  Morris  USA,  Inc.  and  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company.  Product 
purchases from Philip Morris USA, Inc. accounted for approximately 35%, 29% and 28% of total product purchases in 2016, 2015 
and 2014,  respectively.  Product  purchases from  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company  were  approximately  23%, 17%  and 14%  of  total 
product purchases in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Cigarette  sales  represented  71.1%,  68.0%  and  67.5%  of  net  sales  in  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively,  and  contributed 
29.9%, 28.3% and 27.1% of gross profit in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in cigarette sales as a percentage of total 
net  sales  and  gross  profit  was  due  primarily  to  market  share  gains  in  2016,  including  the  addition  of  Murphy  U.S.A.,  which  has  a 
higher sales mix of tobacco products compared to the rest of our business. Although cigarettes represent a significant portion of the 
Company’s total net sales, the majority of its gross profit is generated from food/non-food products. 

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective 

On May 28, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 
2014-09  (ASU  2014-09),  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers:  Topic  606  (“ASU  2014-09”),  to  supersede  nearly  all  existing 
revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods 
or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or 
services. This standard is effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2018. The Company’s preliminary assessment supports that 
financial statement impacts may include: capitalization of successful contract costs, recognition of contract assets and liabilities for 
certain contracts that are performed but not completed, and the timing of recognition of variable consideration received from vendors 
and paid to customers. The Company expects to finalize its assessment and approach to adopting ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated 
financial statements by June 30, 2017. 

On November 20, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No.2015-17, Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes: 
Topic 740 (“ASU 2015-17”). The new guidance requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and 
liabilities  as  non-current.  ASU  2015-17  requires  either  prospective  or  retrospective  application  and  is  effective  for  annual  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2016.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2015-17  will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  presentation  of  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

54 

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which supersedes existing 
lease guidance. The new guidance increases transparency by requiring lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and corresponding lease 
liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet.  This  standard  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  although  early 
adoption is permitted. The Company believes the new standard will have a material impact on its consolidated balance sheets. The 
Company  is  currently  quantifying  the  impact  and  evaluating  its  approach  to  adopting  ASU  2016-02  on  its  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

On March 30, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to 
Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting  (“ASU  2016-09”).  The  new  guidance  simplifies  several  aspects  of  how  companies 
account  for  share-based  compensation,  including  the  accounting  for  income  taxes,  forfeitures,  and  statutory  tax  withholding 
requirements, as well as classification in the statements of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after 
December 15, 2016. ASU 2016-09 will result in the Company recognizing excess tax benefits or deficiencies in net income instead of 
being capitalized as additional paid-in capital. We expect such impact to be approximately $1.6 million in 2017.  

On June 16, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of 
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). The new guidance replaces the current incurred loss impairment approach 
with a methodology that incorporates all expected credit loss estimates, resulting in more timely recognition of losses. ASU 2016-13 is 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, although early adoption is permitted. The Company has determined the 
adoption of ASU 2016-13 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

On August 26, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain 
Cash  Receipts  and  Cash  Payments  (“ASU  2016-15”).  The  new  guidance  addresses  eight  specific  cash  flow  presentation  and 
classification issues in the statement of cash flows to reduce existing diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2017, although early adoption is permitted. The Company has determined the adoption of ASU 2016-15 
will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

On November 17, 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 
2016-18”). The new guidance requires the Statements of Cash Flows to reconcile the changes in the total of cash, cash equivalents, 
and restricted cash. As a result, transfers between cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents will no 
longer be presented in the Statement of Cash Flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, 
although early adoption is permitted. As a result of this pronouncement, the Company expects that it will combine its movements of 
restricted cash, with those of non-restricted cash and cash equivalents, as reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows.   

On  January  26,  2017,  the FASB  issued ASU No.  2017-04,  Intangibles -  Goodwill  and Other  (Topic  350):  Simplifying  the 
Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment  (“ASU  2017-04”).   The  new  guidance  simplifies  the  subsequent  measurement  of  goodwill  by 
eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test.  ASU 2017-04 requires goodwill impairment to be measured as the amount by 
which  a  reporting  unit’s  carrying  amount  exceeds  its  fair  value,  not  to  exceed  the  carrying  amount  of  its  goodwill.   ASU  2017-04 
requires prospective application and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019.  The Company has determined 
the adoption of ASU 2017-04 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

3.  Acquisition 

Acquisition of Pine State Convenience  

On June 6, 2016, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Pine State Convenience (“Pine State”), a division of 
Pine State Trading Company, located in Gardiner, Maine. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination in accordance 
with ASC 805 - Business Combinations. The acquisition increased the Company’s market presence primarily in the Northeastern U.S. 
and further enhanced the Company’s ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers. The total purchase consideration 
was $88.4 million which was paid at closing and funded through borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.  

The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values and purchase consideration 

(in millions): 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Deposits and prepayments, and other 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Less: Accrued liabilities, and other 

Total consideration 

55 

June 6, 2016 

$ 

$ 

35.5
21.2  
0.9  
10.3  
13.1  
10.2  
(2.8) 
88.4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company determined the estimated fair values of intangible assets acquired with the assistance of independent valuation 
consultants.  The  Company  finalized  its  valuation  of  its  beginning  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  during  the  fourth  quarter  ended 
December 31, 2016. Based on the valuation, intangible assets acquired include the following (in millions): 

Customer relationships 
Non-competition agreements 
Trade names 
Favorable lease terms 
   Total intangible assets 

Fair Value 

  $ 

  $ 

7.2     
1.9     
1.0     
0.1     
10.2     

Useful Life in 
Years 
12 
5 
2 
2 

The results of Pine State operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of 
acquisition. The Company incurred $2.2 million of acquisition-related costs, which are included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company did not consider the Pine State acquisition to be a material business 
combination and therefore has not disclosed pro-forma results of operations for the acquired business. Simultaneously with the closing 
of  the  acquisition,  the  Company  entered  into  two  operating  lease  arrangements  with  certain  former  owners  of  Pine  State.  One 
operating lease bears a fifteen year term for a facility in Maine and the second operating lease bears a two year term for a facility in 
Vermont. 

Acquisition of Karrys Bros., Limited.  

On  February 23,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  Karrys  Bros.,  Limited  (“Karrys  Bros.”),  a 
regional  convenience  wholesaler  servicing  customers  in  Ontario,  Canada,  and  the  surrounding  provinces,  for  cash  consideration  of 
approximately $8.0 million, or $10.0 million (Canadian dollars). Transaction and integration costs in connection with the acquisition 
of  Karrys  Bros.  were  approximately  $1.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015.  The  Karrys  Bros.  operations  have  been 
integrated into the Company’s existing distribution center in Toronto and have provided the Company with the opportunity to increase 
its  market  share  in  eastern  Canada.  The  results  of  operations  of  Karrys  Bros.  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income  since  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  Company  did  not  consider  the  Karrys  Bros. 
acquisition  to  be  a  material  business  combination  and  therefore  has  not  disclosed  pro-forma  results  of  operations  for  the  acquired 
business.  

4. 

Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Accounts Receivable  

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts due from customers consist of the following (in millions): 

Balance, beginning of year 
Net additions charged to operations (1) 
Less: Write-offs and adjustments 
Balance, end of year 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

  $ 

  $ 

10.9   
2.0   
(5.8)  
7.1   

$ 

$ 

10.8     $ 

1.3    
(1.2 )  
10.9     $ 

9.4 
2.2 
(0.8) 
10.8 

(1) 

The net additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the Company’s 
selling, general and administrative expenses. 

Other Receivables, Net  

Other receivables, net consist of the following (in millions): 

Vendor receivables, net 
Insurance recoverables, current 
Other miscellaneous receivables (1) 

Total other receivables, net 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

  $ 

  $ 

90.6    $ 

2.1   
13.8   
106.5    $ 

59.0   
1.5   
8.9   
69.4   

(1) 

Other miscellaneous receivables include amounts related primarily to notes receivables, miscellaneous tax receivables, receivables from the Company’s third 
party logistics customers, and other miscellaneous receivables. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
Deposits and Prepayments  

Deposits and prepayments consist of the following (in millions):       

Vendor prepayments 
Deposits (1) 
Prepaid taxes 
Racking allowances, current 
Other prepayments (2) 

Total deposits and prepayments 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

  $ 

  $ 

44.7    $ 
8.5   
10.5   
5.7   
13.4   
82.8    $ 

34.1   
4.7   
10.6   
6.4   
9.2   
65.0   

(1) 
(2) 

Deposits include amounts related primarily to cigarette stamps and workers’ compensation claims. 
Other prepayments include prepayments relating to insurance policies, software licenses, rent and other miscellaneous prepayments. 

Other Non-current Assets, Net 

Other non-current assets, net of current portion, consist of the following (in millions): 

Insurance recoverables 
Debt issuance costs 
Insurance deposits 
Racking allowances, net 
Other assets 

Total other non-current assets, net 

Accrued Liabilities  

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in millions):  

Accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits (1) 
Claims liabilities, current 
Accrued customer incentives payable 
Indirect taxes 
Vendor advances 
Other accrued expenses (2) 
Total accrued liabilities 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

  $ 

  $ 

12.9    $ 

1.6   
3.4   
5.0   
3.7   
26.6    $ 

14.4   
0.9   
2.9   
6.5   
3.4   
28.1   

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

  $ 

  $ 

35.7    $ 
13.4   
40.1   
6.2   
10.9   
25.5   
131.8    $ 

29.9   
11.9   
20.3   
7.3   
11.0   
26.5   
106.9   

(1) 

(2) 

5. 

The Company’s accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits include accruals for vacation, bonuses, wages, 401(k) benefit matching and the current portion 
of pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. 
The Company’s other accrued expenses include accruals for goods and services, lease liabilities, construction in process, legal expenses, and other 
miscellaneous accruals. 

Inventories, Net 

Inventories consist of the following (in millions):  

Inventories at FIFO, net of reserves 
Less: LIFO reserve 

Total inventories at LIFO, net of reserves 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$ 

$ 

727.0    $
(130.4)   
596.6    $

524.6 
(117.2) 
407.4 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During  periods  of  rising  prices,  the  LIFO  method  of  costing  inventories  generally  results  in  higher  current  costs  being 
charged  against  income  while  lower  costs  are  retained  in  inventories.  Conversely,  during  periods  of  decreasing  prices,  the  LIFO 
method of costing inventories generally results in lower current costs being charged against income and higher stated inventories. If 
the FIFO method had been used for valuing inventories in the U.S., inventories would have been approximately $130.4 million and 
$117.2  million  higher  at  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  The  Company  recorded  LIFO  expense  of  $13.2  million,  $1.9 
million  and  $16.3  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016,  2015  and 2014,  respectively.  The  Company  had  a  decrement  in 
certain of its LIFO inventory layers of $4.8 million and $12.2 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, which had the effect of reducing 
its LIFO expense by $0.6 million in 2016 and $0.7 million in 2015. 

6. 

Property and Equipment, Net 

Property and equipment consist of the following (in millions): 

Delivery, warehouse and office equipment (1) 
Leasehold improvements 
Land and buildings (2) 
Construction in progress 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Total property and equipment, net 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

  $ 

  $ 

280.4    $ 
68.6   
32.0   
3.0   
384.0   
(189.3)  
194.7    $ 

235.3 
54.4 
28.9 
0.8 
319.4 
(159.9) 
159.5 

(1) 
(2) 

Includes equipment capital leases of $13.5 million for 2016 and $13.4 million for 2015. 
Includes $4.8 million for a capital lease related to a warehouse facility in both 2016 and 2015. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expenses  related  to  property  and  equipment  were  $28.9  million,  $26.0  million  and  $21.5 

million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

7. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net 

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase consideration of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable 
tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  certain  business  combinations.  The  carrying  amount  of  goodwill 
during 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in millions): 

Goodwill, beginning of year 
Pine State acquisition 
Goodwill, end of year 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
2016 

  $ 

  $ 

22.9    $ 
13.1     
36.0    $ 

22.9   
—   
22.9   

The  Company  did  not  record  any  impairment  charges  related  to  goodwill  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016  and 

2015. 

Other Intangible Assets, Net 

The  carrying  amount  and  accumulated  amortization  of  other  intangible  assets  as  of  December 31,  2016  and  2015  are  as 

follows (in millions): 

December 31, 2016 

December 31, 2015 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Customer relationships 
Non-competition agreements 
Trade names 
Favorable lease terms 
Internally developed and other purchased 
software 

Total other intangible assets 

  $ 

28.3    $ 
5.0   
1.0   
0.1   

(9.4)   $
(3.1)  
(0.3)  
—   

18.9    $ 
1.9   
0.7   
0.1   

21.1    $ 
3.2   
—   
—   

(7.3)   $ 
(2.9)  
—   
—   

33.0   
67.4    $ 

(13.1)  
(25.9)   $

19.9   
41.5    $ 

25.8   
50.1    $ 

(10.4)  
(20.6)   $ 

  $ 

13.8 
0.3 
— 
— 

15.4 
29.5 

58 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
The amortization of intangible assets recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $5.3 million for 2016, and 

$2.6 million for both 2015 and 2014. 

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows (in millions):  

Year ending December 31, 

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 and thereafter 

Total 

8. 

Long-term Debt 

$ 

$ 

6.5 
5.9 
5.6 
5.5 
5.1 
12.9 
41.5 

Total long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):  

Amounts borrowed (Credit Facility) 
Obligations under capital leases (Note 9) 

Total  long-term debt 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

  $ 

  $ 

336.0    $ 

11.7   

347.7    $ 

47.0 
13.4 
60.4 

The Company has a Credit Facility with a borrowing capacity of $600 million, as of December 31, 2016. On November 4, 
2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  ninth  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  (the  “Ninth  Amendment”),  which  increased  its  Credit 
Facility from $450 million to $600 million. The Credit Facility has an expansion feature which can be increased up to an additional 
$100 million, limited by a borrowing base primarily consisting of eligible accounts receivable and inventories. All obligations under 
the Credit Facility are secured by first priority liens on substantially all of the Company’s present and future assets. The terms of the 
Credit Facility permit prepayment without penalty at any time (subject to customary breakage costs with respect to London Interbank 
Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) or Canadian Dollar Offer Rate (“CDOR”) based loans prepaid prior to the end of an interest period). This will 
be subject to the same borrowing base limitations as the Eighth amendment. 

On  May  16,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  an  eighth  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  (“Eighth  amendment”),  which 
increased the size of the Credit Facility from $300 million to $450 million. In addition, the Eighth amendment allows for unlimited 
stock  repurchases  and  dividends,  as  long  as  the  Company  meets  certain  credit  availability  percentages  and  fixed  charge  coverage 
ratios.  

The Credit Facility matures in May 2020. The Company incurred fees of approximately $1.3 million in connection with the 

amendments.  

Amounts borrowed, outstanding letters of credit and amounts available to borrow, net of certain reserves required under the 

Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions): 

Amounts borrowed 
Outstanding letters of credit 
Amounts available to borrow (1) 

(1) 

Excluding $100 million expansion feature. 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$ 

336.0    $ 
17.4   
224.8   

47.0 
18.5 
123.9 

Average  borrowings  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2016  and  2015  were  $184.4  million  and  $39.6  million, 
respectively, with  amounts borrowed  at  any  one  time  during  the  years  then  ended ranging  from zero  to $428.0 million  and  zero  to 
$120.9 million, respectively. 

The weighted-average interest rate on the Credit Facility for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 1.7%, and 
1.6%, respectively. The weighted-average interest rate is calculated based on the daily cost of borrowing, reflecting a blend of prime 
and LIBOR rates. The Company paid fees for unused credit facility and letter of credit participation, which are included in interest 
expense, of $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.7 million for December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company recorded 
charges related to amortization of debt issuance costs, which are included in interest expense, of $0.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 
million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Unamortized debt issuance costs were $2.3 million and 
$1.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. 

Commitments and Contingencies 

Purchase Commitments 

The Company enters into purchase commitments in the ordinary course of business. The Company had purchase obligations 
of  $47.8  million  and  $43.1  million  as  of  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  related  primarily  to  purchases  of  compressed 
natural  gas  for  its  trucking  fleet,  delivery  and  warehouse  equipment,  computer  software  and  services  and  leasehold  improvements. 
Purchase orders for the purchase of inventory and other services are not included in the purchase obligations as of December 31, 2016 
and 2015, respectively, because purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements.  For purposes of 
this commitment, contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally 
binding  and  that  specify  all  significant  terms,  including:  fixed or  minimum  quantities  to  be purchased;  fixed,  minimum  or  variable 
price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.  The Company’s purchase orders are based on its current inventory 
needs  and  are  fulfilled  by  its  suppliers  within  short  time  periods.   The  Company  also  enters  into  contracts  for  outsourced  services; 
however, the obligations under these contracts are not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation 
without significant penalty. 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases most of its sales and warehouse facilities and a significant number of trucks, vans and certain equipment 
under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2032, excluding renewal options. Rent expense is recorded on a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  including  available  renewal  option  terms,  if  it  is  reasonably  assured  that  the  renewal 
options  will  be  exercised.  The  operating  leases  generally  require  the  Company  to  pay  taxes,  maintenance  and  insurance.  In  most 
instances, the Company expects the operating leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of business. 

Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of 

one year and excluding contracted vehicle maintenance costs) were as follows as of December 31, 2016 (in millions): 

Year ending December 31, 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 and thereafter 

Total 

$ 

$ 

54.3 
51.9 
47.4 
41.9 
33.2 
121.3 
350.0 

For  2016,  2015  and  2014,  rental  expenses  for  operating  and  month-to-month  leases,  including  contracted  vehicle 

maintenance costs, were $66.8 million, $57.9 million and $50.4 million, respectively. 

Capital Leases  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had approximately $13.6 million and $15.6 million, respectively, in capital 
lease  obligations,  related  to  a  warehouse  facility,  refrigeration  and  other  office  and  warehouse  equipment  with  lease  agreements 
expiring at various dates through 2027, excluding renewal options. 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows as of December 31, 2016 (in millions): 

Year ending December 31, 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 and thereafter 
Total 
Less: Interest 

Present value of future minimum lease payments 

Less: current portion 
Non-current portion 

60 

$ 

$ 

2.6 
2.4 
2.2 
1.9 
1.3 
6.4 
16.8 
(3.2) 
13.6 
(1.9) 
11.7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingencies  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

Letters  of  Credit.  As  of  December 31,  2016,  the  Company’s  standby  letters  of  credit  issued  under  the  Company’s  Credit 
Facility were $17.4 million related primarily to casualty insurance. The majority of the standby letters of credit mature in one year. 
However,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  will  continue  to  renew  or  modify  the  terms  of  the  letters  of  credit  to 
support business requirements. The letters of credit are contingent liabilities, supported by the Company’s line of credit, and are not 
reflected on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Litigation 

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings, claims, investigations and administrative proceedings in the ordinary 
course of its business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it is both probable that the liability has been incurred and 
the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect 
the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular 
case.  In  the  opinion  of  management,  the  outcome  of  pending  litigation  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect on the  Company’s 
results of operations or financial condition. 

10. Income Taxes 

The Company’s income tax provision consists of the following (in millions): 

Current: 

Federal 
State 

Total current tax provision 

Deferred: 
Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred tax provision (benefit) 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

  $ 

$ 

21.4 
3.1 
24.5 

$ 

19.4   
3.2   
22.6   

6.7 
0.8 
(0.7)   
6.8 

7.8   
1.1   
(0.1)   
8.8   

22.0 
3.1 
25.1 

(0.6) 
(0.5) 
(0.3) 
(1.4) 

Total income tax provision 

  $ 

31.3 

$ 

31.4   

$ 

23.7 

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate and income tax provision 

is as follows (in millions): 

Federal income tax provision at the statutory rate 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

  $ 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits (inclusive 

2016 
29.9     

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
29.0     

35.0%   $ 

35.0%   $ 

2014 
23.2     

35.0 % 

2.9     

3.4 

2.9     

3.5 

2.3     

3.5  

of related interest and penalty) 

Effect of foreign operations 
Change in valuation allowance 
Tax credits and other, net 

Income tax provision 

(0.3)    
(0.7)    
—     
(0.5)    
31.3     

(0.4)   
(0.8)   
— 
(0.6)   
36.6%   $ 

—     
(0.1)    
(0.1)    
(0.3)    
31.4     

— 
(0.1) 
(0.1) 
(0.4) 
37.9%   $ 

(0.9)    
(0.3)    
—     
(0.6)    
23.7     

(1.4 ) 
(0.5 ) 
—  
(0.9 ) 
35.7 % 

  $ 

The Company’s effective tax rate was 36.6% for 2016 compared to 37.9% for 2015. The decrease in effective tax rate for 
2016 was due primarily to the effects of prior years’ estimates for foreign operations, as well as benefits in the current year related to 
the expiration of statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions and related interest recovery.  

The  provision  for  income  taxes  included  a  net  benefit  of  $1.5  million  and  $0.3  million  for  2016  and  2015,  respectively, 

related primarily to the expiration of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions and adjustments of prior years’ estimates. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in 
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The tax effects of significant temporary differences which 
comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions): 

December 31, 2016  

December 31, 2015   

Deferred tax assets: 

Employee benefits, including post-retirement benefits 
Trade and other receivables 
Goodwill and intangibles 
Self-insurance reserves 
Other 

Subtotal 
Less: valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Inventories 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill and intangibles 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Total net deferred tax liabilities 
Net current deferred tax assets 
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.4    
2.9    
0.2    
1.7    
6.1    
26.3    
—    
26.3    

7.0    
36.2    
5.6    
1.8    
50.6    

(24.3 )   
4.6    
(28.9 )   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

15.2 
4.1 
2.0 
1.5 
4.0 
26.8 
— 
26.8 

9.0 
27.2 
6.0 
1.6 
43.8 

(17.0) 
1.6 
(18.6) 

At each balance sheet date, management assesses whether it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets would not 

be realized. The Company had no valuation allowance at December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

The total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to federal, state and foreign taxes was approximately $0.2 million 
and  $0.4  million  at  December 31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  all  of  which  would  impact  the  Company’s  effective  tax  rate,  if 
recognized. The expiration of the statute of limitation in future years could impact the total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits 
by $0.2 million through the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the statute limitations for certain tax positions in future years 
and expected settlement of certain tax audit issues. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits 
for 2016, 2015 and 2014 is as follows (in millions): 

Balance at beginning of year 
Lapse of statute of limitations 
Balance at end of year 

  $ 

  $ 

0.4   
(0.2)  
0.2   

$ 

$ 

0.4   
—   
0.4   

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

  2014 
$ 

$ 

0.6 
(0.2) 
0.4 

The Company files U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 
2013 to 2016 tax years remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. The 2012 tax year is still open for certain 
state tax authorities. The 2009 to 2016 tax years remain subject to examination by the tax authorities in Canada. 

For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2016,  the  Company  recognized  a  net  benefit  in  its  provision  for  income  taxes  of  $0.1 
million related primarily to the interest associated with certain unrecognized tax positions. For the year ended December 31, 2015 the 
Company  did  not  recognize  any  net  benefit  and  in  2014  recognized  a  net  benefit  of  $0.2  million  As  of  December 31,  2016  and 
December 31, 2015, the Company had a liability of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for estimated interest and penalties 
related to unrecognized tax benefits. 

11. 

Employee Benefit Plans 

Pension Plans 

The  Company  sponsored  a  qualified  defined-benefit  pension  plan  and  a  post-retirement  benefit  plan  (collectively,  “the 
Pension Plans”). The Pension Plans were frozen on September 30, 1986 and since then there have been no new entrants to the Pension 
Plans. 

62 

 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On  September  14,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  motion  to  terminate  the  Company’s  qualified  defined-benefit 
pension plan. The Company expects its pension liabilities will be settled through either lump sum payments or purchased annuities by 
December 31, 2017. At settlement, the Company expects to recognize a non-cash charge related to unrecognized actuarial losses in 
AOCI  estimated  between  $17.0  million  and  $19.0  million.  The  Company  expects  to  make  additional  cash  contributions  of 
approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million to settle its pension obligations in 2017. Settling the plan will eliminate cash contributions, 
lower future expenses and eliminate the risk of rising Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) premiums. 

The  Company’s  defined-benefit  pension  plan  is  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974 
(“ERISA”). Under ERISA, the PBGC has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the 
event the Company’s pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, the Company would incur a liability to the 
PBGC  that  may  be  equal  to  the  entire  amount  of  the  underfunding.  The  Company’s  post-retirement  benefit  plan  is  not  subject  to 
ERISA. As a result, the post-retirement benefit plan is not required to be pre-funded, and, accordingly, has no plan assets. 

Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations 
with the assistance of an independent actuary. Adjustments arising from plan amendments, changes in assumptions and experience 
gains and losses, are amortized over the average future life expectancy of inactive participants for the defined-benefit plan, and the 
average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits for the post-retirement benefit plan. 

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the Pension Plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets, 
the funded status of the plans and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets and AOCI as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015 (in millions):  

Pension Benefits 

Other Post-retirement 
Benefits 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

Change in Benefit Obligation: 
Obligation at beginning of year 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss (gain) 
Benefit payments 
Group annuity contract discontinuance 
Settlement of accumulated benefits 
Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in Plan Assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Benefit payments 
Group annuity contract discontinuance 
Settlement of accumulated benefits 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status at end of year 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:    
  $ 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Amounts recognized in AOCI consist of: 
Net actuarial loss (gain) 

Total 

Additional Information: 
Accumulated benefit obligation 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

37.0    $ 

1.2   
1.7   
(2.4)  
—   
(2.7)  
34.8    $ 

32.3    $ 
1.4   
1.9   
(2.4)  
—   
(2.7)  
30.5    $ 

43.6   
1.7   
(2.0)  
(2.8)  
(1.3)  
(2.2)  
37.0   

40.4   
(1.8)  
—   
(2.8)  
(1.3)  
(2.2)  
32.3   

  $

  $

  $

  $

3.0    $ 
0.2   
(0.5)  
(0.1)  
—   
—   
2.6    $ 

—    $ 
—   
0.1   
(0.1)  
—   
—   
—    $ 

(4.3)   $ 

(4.7)  

  $

(2.6)   $ 

(4.3)   $ 
—   
(4.3)   $ 

—   
(4.7)  
(4.7)  

  $

  $

(0.2)   $ 
(2.4)  
(2.6)   $ 

17.7    $ 
17.7    $ 

17.5   
17.5   

  $
  $

(0.7)   $ 
(0.7)   $ 

3.0 
0.1 
0.1 
(0.2) 
— 
— 
3.0 

— 
— 
0.2 
(0.2) 
— 
— 
— 

(3.0) 

(0.2) 
(2.8) 
(3.0) 

(0.2) 
(0.2) 

  $ 

34.8    $ 

37.0   

63 

 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
During 2016, the underfunded status of the defined-benefit pension plan decreased $0.4 million to $4.3 million, due primarily 
to a contribution of $1.9 million made to the plan during 2016, return on plan assets of $1.4 million, offset by interest costs of $1.2 
million  and  an  actuarial  loss  of  $1.7  million.  The  actuarial  loss  of  $1.7  million  for  the  year  ended December  31,  2016  includes  an 
increase in the plan’s Projected Benefit Obligation of $2.0 million pursuant to the Company’s decision to terminate the plan, offset by 
$0.3 million related to favorable demographic experience since the prior year end. The Company offers certain plan participants the 
option  to  receive  a  lump  sum  payment  in  lieu  of  future  annuity  pension  benefits.  During  2016,  the  Company  settled  accumulated 
benefits of $2.7 million (pre-tax) for participants who received lump sum payments. The Company incurred settlement charges of $1.3 
million during 2016 due to lump sum payments. 

The following table provides components of net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations 

recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions): 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost: 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain) 
Settlement charge 

  $ 

Net periodic benefit cost (income) 

  $ 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit 
Obligations Recognized in Other 
Comprehensive Income: 
Net actuarial loss (gain) 
Settlement charge 
Amortization of actuarial (loss) gain 

  $ 

Total net loss (gain) recognized in other 

Pension Benefits 
December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

2016 

Other Post-retirement  
Benefits 
December 31, 
2015 

2014 

1.2    $ 
(1.8)    
0.6     
1.3     
1.3    $ 

1.7     $ 
(2.1 )    
0.6      
1.6      
1.8     $ 

1.8       $ 
(2.5 )      
0.4        
—        
(0.3 )     $ 

0.2    $ 
—     
—     
—     
0.2    $ 

0.1    $ 
—     
—     
—     
0.1    $ 

0.1 
— 
(0.1) 
— 
— 

2.1    $ 
(1.3)    
(0.6)    

1.9     $ 
(1.6 )    
(0.6 )    

5.2       $ 
—        
(0.4 )      

(0.5)   $ 
—     
—     

0.2    $ 
—     
—     

(0.4) 
— 
0.1 

comprehensive income 

  $ 

0.2    $ 

(0.3 )   $ 

4.8       $ 

(0.5)   $ 

0.2    $ 

(0.3) 

For both the pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the 
average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plans. For the pension benefit plan, gains 
and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized over the average 
future life expectancy of inactive participants. For the post-retirement benefit plan, gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of 
the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized over the average remaining future service of active employees 
expected to receive benefits under the plan. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the  measurement date for the plans. The 
Company estimated that average future life expectancy is 20.4 years for the pension benefits plan and remaining service life of active 
participants is 4.6 years for the post-retirement benefits plan.  

Assumptions Used:  

The following table shows the weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of:  

Pension Benefits 
December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Other Post-retirement Benefits 
December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Benefit Obligations: 

Discount rate 
Expected return on assets 

Net Periodic Benefit Costs: 

Discount rate 
Expected return on assets 

3.30%    
3.25%    

4.32%    
6.00%    

4.00%      
5.50%      

3.98%    
N/A 

4.32%    
N/A 

3.99 % 
N/A  

4.13%    
3.57%    

4.05%    
5.95%    

4.60%      
6.55%      

4.29%    
3.47%    

3.99%    
N/A 

4.6 % 
N/A  

64 

 
 
 
     
      
        
     
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
     
   
   
 
 
 
     
      
        
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
        
     
     
 
 
 
     
      
        
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
The  weighted-average  discount  rates  used  to  determine  the  Pension  Plans’  obligations  and  expenses  are  based  on  a  yield 
curve  methodology,  which  matches  the  expected  benefits  at  each  duration  to  the  available  high  quality  yields  at  that  duration  and 
calculating  an  equivalent  yield.  The  net  periodic  benefit  cost  was  re-measured  at  September 30,  2016  and  December 31,  2016  to 
reflect  settlement  accounting  due  to  lump  sum  payments.  During  2016,  a  discount  rate  of  4.32%  was  used  from  January  1  to 
September 30, a discount rate of 3.57% was used from October 1 to December 31, and a discount rate of 3.98% was used at December 
31. The decrease in discount rate in 2016 compared to 2015 was due to a decrease in bond yields during 2016 and the plan valuation 
shifting from an ongoing to termination liability basis. The decrease in the expected long-term return on assets assumption in 2016 
compared to 2015 was due to shifting to a more conservative asset allocation in 2016.  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement health care plans. The 

health care cost trend rates assumed for the end of year benefit obligation for the post-retirement benefit plans are as follows:  

Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants under 65 
Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants 65 and over 
Ultimate year trend rate 
Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants under 65 
Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants 65 and over 

December 31, 2016 
6.62% 
7.73% 
4.50% 
2025 
2025 

December 31, 2015 
6.80% 
7.85% 
5.00% 
2024 
2023 

A one percent point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in millions):  

Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement health 

care benefit cost 

Effect on the health care component of the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation 

  $ 
  $ 

—    $ 
0.2    $ 

— 
0.3 

1% Increase 

1% Decrease 

Plan Assets: 

During  2016,  the  Company  shifted  the  target  asset  allocation  to  100%  fixed  income  assets  as  a  result  of  the  Company’s 
decision to terminate the qualified defined-benefit pension plan. The Company’s current target allocations are: 0% cash, 0% equity 
and 100% fixed income. The Company’s investment target also sets forth the requirement for diversification within asset class, types 
and classes for investments prohibited and permitted, specific indices to be used for benchmark in investment decisions and criteria for 
individual  securities.  The Group Trust  is valued at  the net  asset  value provided by  the  administrator of  the fund.  The net  asset fair 
value  is  based  on  the  value  of  the  underlying  assets  owned  by  the  fund,  minus  its  liabilities,  divided  by  the  number  of  units 
outstanding. Certain investments that are valued using the net asset value per share have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy 
and are included in the below tables to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the aggregate plan assets. 

The  fair  value  measurements  of  the  Pension  Plans’  assets  by  asset  category  at  December 31,  2016  are  as  follows  (in 

Investments 
Measured at Net 
Asset Value 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

1.6    $ 
28.9     
30.5    $ 

—    $ 
28.9     
28.9    $ 

1.6    $ 
—     
1.6    $ 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)   
— 
— 
— 

—    $ 
—     
—    $ 

The  fair  value  measurements  of  the  Pension  Plans’  assets  by  asset  category  at  December 31,  2015  are  as  follows  (in 

Investments 
Measured at Net 
Asset Value 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets 
for Identical 
Assets (Level 1) 

Significant 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

1.0    $ 
31.3     
32.3    $ 

—    $ 
31.3     
31.3    $ 

1.0    $ 
—     
1.0    $ 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs (Level 3)   
— 
— 
— 

—    $ 
—     
—    $ 

The Company adopted ASU 2015-07 in 2016 and applied its provisions on a retrospective basis. 

During  2015,  the  Company  discontinued  its  group  annuity  contract  which  consisted  primarily  of  investment  grade  fixed 
income  securities.  The  Company  settled  the  contract  liability  for  $1.3  million  and  the  excess  assets  were  transferred  to  the  Group 
Trust, comprised of diversified portfolio of investments across various asset classes, including U.S. and foreign equities and U.S. high 
yield and investment grade corporate bonds.  

65 

millions):  

Asset Category 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Group trust 
 Total 

millions): 

Asset Category 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Group trust 
 Total 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Estimated Future Contributions and Benefit Payments 

In conjunction with the termination of the Company’s qualified defined-benefit pension plan, the Company expects to make 
additional cash contributions of approximately $4.0 million to $6.0 million to settle its pension obligations in 2017 and to contribute a 
minimum of $0.2 million to its other post-retirements benefits plan. 

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting future service are as follows (in millions): 

Year ending December 31,  
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2021 through 2025 

Pension Benefits     

Other  
Post-retirement 
Benefits 

  $ 

35.8    $ 
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
0.2 
0.9 

Expected amortization from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 2017 (in millions): 

Expected amortization of net actuarial loss 

Pension Benefits     

Other  
Post-retirement 
Benefits 

  $ 

0.7    $ 

 (0.1) 

At  settlement,  the  Company  expects  to  recognize  a  non-cash  charge  related  to  unrecognized  actuarial  losses  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income estimated between $17.0 million and $19.0 million. 

Multi-employer Defined Benefit Plan 

The Company contributed $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 
2015, and $0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, to multi-employer defined benefit plans under the terms of 
a collective-bargaining agreement that covers its union represented employees. 

Savings Plans 

The Company maintains defined-contribution plans in the U.S., subject to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, and 
in Canada, subject to the Income Tax Act. For the year ended December 31, 2016, eligible U.S. employees could elect to contribute, 
on a tax-deferred basis, from 1% to 75% of their compensation to a maximum of $18,000. Eligible U.S. employees over 50 years of 
age could also contribute an additional $6,000 on a tax-deferred basis. In Canada, employees can elect to contribute up to a maximum 
of $25,370 Canadian dollars. As of December 31, 2016, the Company matches 50% of U.S. and Canada employee contributions up to 
6% of base salary for a total maximum company contribution of 3%. Effective January 1, 2017, the maximum contribution available 
to employees in Canada increased to $26,010. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company made matching 
payments of $3.9 million, $3.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively. 

12. 

Earnings Per Share  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net earnings per share (dollars and shares in millions, except per 
share amounts):  

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding   

46.3 

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share 

Net 
Income 
  $  1.17    $ 51.5 

Net 
Income 
  $  54.2   

Basic EPS 
Effect of dilutive 
common share 
equivalents: 

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding   

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share 

Net 
Income   
46.2    $  1.12    $  42.7   

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding   

46.2 

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share 
  $  0.93

Restricted stock units 
Stock options 
Performance shares 
Diluted EPS 

    —   
    —   
    —   
  $  54.2   

0.1 
— 
0.1 
46.5 

  —      — 
  —      — 
  —      — 
  $  1.17    $ 51.5 

  —   
0.2     
  —   
—     
0.2     
  —   
46.6    $  1.11    $  42.7   

(0.01)  
—   
—   

0.2 
0.2 
— 
46.6 

(0.01) 

  —
  —
  $  0.92

Note: Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated based on unrounded actual amounts.  

66 

 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options and RSU’s to purchase common stock are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if their 
effect would be anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive stock options and RSU’s excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per 
share for 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

13. 

Stock Incentive Plans  

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan  

On May 25, 2010, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 LTIP”) which provided 
for the granting of awards of the Company’s common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors. On May 20, 2014, the 
Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2010 LTIP increasing the shares reserved for issuance by 1,800,000 shares of 
the  Company’s  common  stock  and  reapproved  the  performance  measures  that  may  apply  to  awards  granted  thereunder.  As  of 
December 31, 2016, the total number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 LTIP was 2,684,821. The 2010 LTIP became 
effective on April 1,  2010  and  awards  may  be  made  under  the  plan  through  March 31, 2020.  The  available  awards  under  the  2010 
LTIP include: stock options, stock appreciation rights, RSUs, other stock-based awards and performance shares. The 2010 LTIP limits 
awards  to  200,000  shares  to  any  one  participant  in  any  one  year.  The  majority  of  awards  issued  under  the  2010  LTIP  through 
December 31, 2016, have been RSUs and performance shares, which generally vest over three years. The Company issues new shares 
upon stock option exercises and vesting of RSUs and performance shares. 

Prior Long-Term Incentive Plans 

The 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2004 LTIP”) provided for issuance of shares of non-qualified stock options and RSUs 
to officers and key employees. The 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”) provided for the granting of RSUs to officers and 
key  employees.  The  2007  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (“2007  LTIP”)  provided  for  the  granting  of  stock  options,  RSUs  and 
performance share awards of the Company’s common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors. 

The majority of awards granted by the Company vested over a three-year period: one-third of the awards cliff-vested on the 
first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining awards vested in equal monthly installments for the 2004 LTIP 
and equal quarterly installments for the 2005 LTIP and the 2007 LTIP, over the two-year period following the first anniversary of the 
vesting commencement date. 

For  option  grants,  the  exercise  price  equaled  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Stock 
options expire seven years after the date of grant. RSUs do not have an expiration date. No further grants will be made under the 2004 
LTIP, the 2005 LTIP, or the 2007 LTIP. 

The following table summarizes the number of securities to be issued and remaining available for future issuance under all of 

the Company’s stock incentive plans as of December 31, 2016: 

2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1) 
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan(2) 

(1) 
(2) 

Includes RSUs. 
Includes RSUs and performance shares. 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options 
and vesting of RSUs 
1,624   
399,568   

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options 
and vesting of RSUs 
0.01   
$ 
0.01   
$ 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column 1) 

—   
2,684,821   

The following table summarizes the activity for all stock options, RSUs and performance shares under all of the Long-Term 

Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) for the year ended December 31, 2016: 

  December 31, 2015   
Outstanding 

Granted 

  Securities 

Plans 
2005 LTIP    RSUs 
2007 LTIP    RSUs 

  Options 

2010 LTIP    RSUs 

  Options 

  Number    Price 
    12,208     
1,624     
    21,206     
    328,578     
    30,000     

  Number   
— 
— 
— 

0.01     
0.01     
4.80     
0.01      124,077(1)  
8.20     

— 

Activity during 2016 

December 31, 2016 

  Vested / Exercised 
  Number      Price 

  Price 
(12,208 )     0.01     
  —     
—       —     
  —     
  —     
(12,370 )     4.80     
  0.01      (219,237 )     0.01     
(30,000 )     8.20     
  —     

  Number 

Canceled 

Outstanding 

  Number 

  Price 
    Price 
—      —     
—      —     
1,624      0.01     
—      —     
4.80     
—      —     
0.01      230,858      0.01     
—      —     

—      —     

(8,836)    
(2,560)    

Exercisable 
  Number    Price   
—      —   
1,624      0.01   
—      —   
—      —   
—      —   

Performance 
shares 

    336,268     
    729,884     

Total 

0.01      156,576(2)  

     280,653 

  0.01      (128,522 )     0.01      (195,612)    
      (207,008)    

      (402,337 )    

0.01      168,710      0.01     

—      —   

      401,192     

1,624     

Note: Price is weighted-average price per share. 

(1) 
(2) 

Consists of non-performance RSUs. 
In January 2016, the Company awarded a maximum of 156,576 performance shares that would have been received if the highest level of performance was 
achieved. The shares were ultimately canceled as the Company did not achieve the related performance targets for fiscal 2016.  

67 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
    
 
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
   
    
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
   
 
 
 
The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  stock  options  exercised  in  2016,  2015  and  2014  was  $1.3  million,  $1.8  million  and  $5.2 
million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs exercised in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $9.3 million, $5.8 million and $5.3 
million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance shares exercised in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $5.1 million, $2.7 
million and $1.1 million, respectively. 

The following table summarizes RSUs and performance shares that have vested and are expected to vest as of December 31, 

2016: 

Plans 
2007 LTIP 
2010 LTIP 

Total 

(1) 

(2) 

Securities 

  RSUs 
  RSUs 
  Performance shares 

Outstanding 

December 31, 2016 

Weighted-Average 
Remaining Contractual 
Term (years) 

Vested 

Expected to 
vest(2) 

  Vested 

Expected to 
vest(2) 

Aggregate Intrinsic 
Value(1) 
(dollars in thousands) 
Expected 
to vest(2) 

  Vested 

1,624 
— 
— 
1,624 

— 
222,963 
167,023 
389,986 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

  $ 

— 
70 
9,601 
— 
— 
7,192 
70  $  16,793 

Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated based upon the difference between the exercise price of RSUs and the Company’s closing common stock price on 
December 31, 2016 of $43.07,  multiplied by the number of instruments that are vested or expected to vest. RSUs having exercise prices greater than the 
closing stock price noted above are excluded from this calculation.  
RSUs and performance shares that are expected to vest are net of estimated future forfeitures.  

The aggregate fair value of options vested in 2016 and 2015 were zero and $0.3 million in 2014. The aggregate fair value of 

RSUs vested in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $9.3 million, $5.8 million and $5.4 million, respectively. The aggregate fair value of 
performance shares vested in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $5.1 million, $2.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. 

Assumptions Used for Fair Value  

The fair values for RSUs and performance shares, which are based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock at date of 
grant,  are  included  below  for  shares  granted  during  2016,  2015  and  2014.  For  stock  options,  the  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes 
option-pricing model to determine the grant date fair value. Option-pricing models require the input of assumptions that are estimated 
at the date of grant. The Company did not grant stock options in 2016, 2015, or 2014. 

Weighted-average fair value per share of grants: 

RSUs 
Performance shares (1) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

  $ 

38.21     $ 
N/A     $ 

32.47     $ 
32.60     $ 

18.57 
18.40 

(1) 

Performance shares awarded in 2016 were ultimately canceled as the Company did not achieve the related performance targets for 2016. 

Stock-based Compensation Expense 

The  Company  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $6.1  million,  $8.7  million  and  $6.1  million  for  the  years 
ended  December 31,  2016,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative  expenses  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  recognized  for  2016  was 
calculated  based  on  awards  ultimately  expected  to  vest  and  has  been  reduced  for  estimated  forfeitures.  The  Company’s  forfeiture 
experience since inception of its plans has been approximately 4% of the total grants. The historical rate of forfeiture is a component 
of the basis for predicting the future rate of forfeitures, which are also dependent on the remaining service period related to grants and 
on  the  limited  number  of  approximately  94  plan  participants  that  have  been  awarded  grants  since  the  inception  of  the  Company’s 
plans. 

As  of  December 31,  2016,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  share-based  compensation 

arrangements was $3.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation  

On May 19, 2015, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation increasing the 

total number of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000. 

Dividends 

On May 25, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a two-for-one stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock, 
effected through a stock dividend. The additional shares were distributed on June 27, 2016 to stockholders of record at the close of 
business on June 9, 2016. All references made to share or per share amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements 
and applicable disclosures have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this two-for-one stock split for all periods presented. 

On  October 19,  2011,  the  Company  announced  the  commencement  of  a  quarterly  dividend  program.  The  Company’s 
intentions  are  to  continue  increasing  its  dividends  per  share  over  time;  however,  the  payment  of  any  future  dividends  will  be 
determined  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  in  light  of  then  existing  conditions,  including  the  Company’s  earnings,  financial 
condition and capital requirements, strategic alternatives, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions and other factors. 
The Credit Facility places certain limits on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock. (See Note 8 - Long-
term Debt.) 

The Board of Directors approved the following cash dividends in 2016 (in millions, except per share data): 

Declaration Date 

February 24, 2016 
May 9, 2016 
August 8, 2016 
November 4, 2016 

Dividends Per Share 
$0.08 
$0.08 
$0.08 
$0.09 

Record Date 

  March 11, 2016 
  May 25, 2016 
  August 24, 2016 
  November 23, 2016 

Cash Payment  
Amount (1) 
$3.8 
$3.7 
$3.8 
$4.2 

Payment Date 

  March 28, 2016 
June 15, 2016 

  September 15, 2016 
  December 15, 2016 

(1) 

Includes cash payments on declared dividends and payments made on RSUs vested subsequent to the payment date. 

The Company paid total dividends of $15.5 million, $12.8 million and $10.7 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Dividends declared and paid per common share were $0.33, $0.29 and $0.23 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

On  February 28,  2017  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.09  per  common  share,  which  is 

payable on March 28, 2017 to shareholders of record as of close of business on March 13, 2017. 

Repurchase of Common Stock 

In May 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $30 million increase to its stock repurchase plan. At the time of 
increase,  the  Company  had  $2.3  million  remaining  under  its  stock  repurchase  plan.  The  share  repurchase  program  may  be 
discontinued or amended at any time. The program has no expiration date and expires when the amount authorized has been expended 
or the Board of Directors withdraws its authorization. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $2.6 million and $11.5 
million, respectively, available for future share repurchases under the program. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock repurchase activities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015: 

Number of shares repurchased 
Average price per share 
Total repurchase costs (in millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
2016 

237,869 
37.76 
8.9 

  $ 
  $ 

302,366 
30.35 
9.2 

$ 
$ 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and the related tax effects were as follows (in millions): 

2016 

Before 
Tax 

Tax 
Effect 

Net 
of 
Tax 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

Before 
Tax 

Tax 
Effect 

Net 
of 
Tax 

2014 

Before 
Tax 

Tax 
Effect 

Net 
of 
Tax 

  $ 

(1.6)   $ 
1.3     

0.6    $  (1.0)   $ 
0.8     
(0.5)    

(2.1)   $ 
1.6     

0.9    $ 
(0.6)    

(1.2)   $ 
1.0     

(4.8)   $ 
—     

1.7    $  (3.1) 
—      — 

0.6     
0.3     

(0.2)    
(0.1)    

0.4     
0.2     

0.6     
0.1     

(0.2)    
0.1     

0.4     
0.2     

0.3     
(4.5)    

(0.1)    
1.6     

0.2 
(2.9) 

Defined benefit plan adjustments: 

Net actuarial loss during the year 
Settlement charge 
Amortization of net actuarial loss 

included in net income 

Net gain (loss) during the year 
Foreign currency translation gain 

(loss) 

Other comprehensive income (loss)    $ 

1.9      —     
2.2    $ 

(0.1)   $  2.1    $ 

1.9     

(4.9)     —     
0.1    $ 
(4.8)   $ 

(4.9)    
(4.7)   $ 

(3.0)    
(7.5)   $ 

(3.0) 
—     
1.6    $  (5.9) 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in AOCI for the years presented (in millions): 

Balance as of December 31, 2013 
Other comprehensive loss 
Balance as of December 31, 2014 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Balance as of December 31, 2015 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance as of December 31, 2016 

16. 

Segment and Geographic Information 

Defined 
 Benefit Plan 
(7.9)  
(2.9)  
(10.8)  
0.2   
(10.6)  
0.2   
(10.4)  

  $ 

  $ 

Foreign  
Currency  
Translation 

$ 

$ 

2.2   
(3.0)  
(0.8)  
(4.9)  
(5.7)  
1.9   
(3.8)  

$ 

$ 

Total 

(5.7) 
(5.9) 
(11.6) 
(4.7) 
(16.3) 
2.1 
(14.2) 

The Company identifies its operating segments based primarily on the way the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) 
evaluates performance and makes decisions. From the perspective of the CODM, the Company is engaged primarily in the business of 
distributing packaged consumer products to convenience retail stores in the U.S. and Canada (collectively “North America”), which 
consists of customers that have similar characteristics. Therefore, the Company has determined that it has two operating segments - 
U.S.  and  Canada  that  aggregates  to  one  reportable  segment.  Additionally,  the  Company  presents  its  segment  reporting  information 
based on business operations for each of the two geographic areas in which it operates and also by major product category. 

70 

 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information about the Company’s business operations based on geographic areas is as follows (in millions):  

Net sales: 

United States 
Canada 
Corporate (1) 

Total 

Income (loss) before income taxes: 

United States 
Canada 
Corporate (2) 

Total 

Interest expense: 
United States 
Canada 
Corporate (3) 

Total 

Depreciation and amortization: 

United States 
Canada 
Corporate (4) 

Total 

Capital expenditures: 

United States 
Canada 
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

13,133.0    $ 
1,356.4     
40.0     
14,529.4    $ 

9,829.7    $ 
1,203.5     
36.2     
11,069.4    $ 

8,989.0 
1,250.9 
40.2 
10,280.1 

90.7    $ 
6.4     
(11.6)    
85.5    $ 

40.8    $ 
1.1     
(36.6)    
5.3    $ 

31.0    $ 
2.5     
9.4     
42.9    $ 

52.4    $ 
1.9     
54.3    $ 

79.4    $ 
1.7     
1.8     
82.9    $ 

35.0    $ 
0.7     
(33.2)    
2.5    $ 

29.3    $ 
2.4     
6.2     
37.9    $ 

28.6    $ 
1.7     
30.3    $ 

70.8 
3.2 
(7.6) 
66.4 

32.0 
0.7 
(30.3) 
2.4 

24.9 
2.8 
4.3 
32.0 

53.3 
0.6 
53.9 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 

Consists primarily  of  external  sales made  by  the  Company’s  consolidating  warehouses,  management  service  fee  revenue,  allowance  for  sales  returns  and 
certain other sales adjustments. 
Consists  primarily  of  expenses  and  other  income,  such  as  corporate  incentives  and  salaries,  LIFO  expense,  health  care  costs,  insurance  and  workers’ 
compensation adjustments, elimination of overhead allocations and foreign exchange gains or losses. The change from 2016 to 2015 is primarily attributable 
to lower LIFO expenses and lower payroll costs in 2015. 
Consists primarily of intercompany eliminations for interest. 
Consists primarily of depreciation for the consolidation centers and amortization of intangible assets. The change from 2016 to 2015 is primarily attributable 
to the implementation of a new ERP system in February 2016 and amortization of intangible assets related to acquisition of Pine State Convenience. 

Identifiable assets by geographic area are as follows (in millions): 

Identifiable assets: 
United States 
Canada 
Total 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

  $ 

  $ 

1,317.2    $ 
179.8     
1,497.0    $ 

981.4     $ 
95.9      
1,077.3     $ 

913.8 
115.8 
1,029.6 

71 

 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      
 
 
 
The net sales for the Company’s product categories are as follows (in millions):  

Product Category 
Cigarettes 
Food (1) 
Fresh (1) 
Candy 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 
Total food/non-food products 

Total net sales 

2016 
Net Sales 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
Net Sales 

2014 
Net Sales 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

10,335.7    $ 
1,422.5     
389.8     
620.0     
1,133.8     
446.7     
176.5     
4.4     
4,193.7    $ 
14,529.4    $ 

7,528.5    $ 
1,251.1     
335.0     
557.0     
870.3     
368.8     
156.6     
2.1     
3,540.9    $ 
11,069.4    $ 

6,942.0 
1,180.9 
281.1 
534.3 
827.5 
361.0 
151.8 
1.5 
3,338.1 
10,280.1 

(1) 

In 2016, the Fresh category was separated from the Food category to better highlight the growth in the Fresh commodity. The 2015 and 2014 presentations 
have been realigned to reflect these changes. 

72 

 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The tables below provide the Company’s unaudited consolidated results of operations for each of the four quarters in 2016 

and 2015: 

Three Months Ended 
 (in millions, except per share data) 

December 31, 
2016 

September 30, 
2016 

June 30, 
2016 

March 31, 
2016 

Net sales — Cigarettes (1) 
Net sales — Food/non-food (1) 
Net sales (1) 
Cost of goods sold (1) 
Gross profit 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (2) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses (3) 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency gains (losses), net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Basic net income per common share (4) 
Diluted net income per common share (4) 
Shares used to compute basic net income per common share 
Shares used to compute diluted net income per common share 

  $  2,734.7  
1,102.1  
3,836.8  
3,637.8  
199.0  
116.2  
50.3  
1.5  
168.0  
31.0  
(2.0 )   
0.1  
0.6  
29.7  
(11.0 )   
18.7  
0.41  
0.41  
46.2  
46.4  

  $  2,855.3  
1,138.6  
3,993.9  
3,795.0  
198.9  
117.4  
57.6  
1.7  
176.7  
22.2  
(1.5 ) 
—  
(0.5 ) 
20.2  
(6.7 ) 
13.5  
0.29  
0.29  
46.3  
46.5  

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $  2,631.1    $  2,114.6 
896.7 
3,011.3 
2,860.2 
151.1 
91.6 
49.4 
0.9 
141.9 
9.2 
(0.8) 
0.1 
0.7 
9.2 
(3.5) 
5.7 
0.12 
0.12 
46.4 
46.6 

1,056.3   
3,687.4   
3,499.5   
187.9   
106.0   
53.0   
1.2   
160.2   
27.7   
(1.0)  
—   
(0.3)  
26.4   
(10.1)  
16.3   
0.35    $ 
0.35    $ 
46.3   
46.5   

  $ 
  $ 

Excise taxes (1) 
Cigarette inventory holding gains (5) 
LIFO expense 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Capital expenditures 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

815.4  
6.9  
3.2  
11.7  
0.6  
9.8  

879.1  
0.4  
3.7  
11.4  
1.9  
21.7  

729.5    $ 
7.0   
2.9   
10.2   
1.7   
14.0   

598.0 
1.0 
3.4 
9.6 
1.9 
8.8 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 
(5) 

Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales and cost of goods sold. 
Warehousing  and distribution expenses  are  not  included  as  a  component  of  the  Company’s  cost  of goods  sold.  This  presentation  may  differ  from  that  of 
other registrants. 
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses include acquisition related expenses and transaction costs of $2.2 million, related primarily to the 
addition of Pine State consisting of $0.3 million in Q4, $0.5 million in Q3, $0.8 million in Q2, and $0.6 million in Q1. SG&A expenses also include $1.3 
million  related  to  pension  settlements,  consisting  of  $0.1  million  in  Q4  and  $1.2  million  in  Q3  and  a  $2.0  million  gain,  net  of  legal  costs,  related  to  the 
settlement of a legacy legal proceeding with Sonitrol Corporation in Q1. 
Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding. 
Cigarette inventory holding gains represent income related to cigarette inventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices. Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 

73 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Net sales — Cigarettes (1) 
Net sales — Food/non-food (1) 
Net sales (1) 
Cost of goods sold (1) 
Gross profit (2) 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (3) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses (4) 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency gains (losses), net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Basic net income per common share (5) 
Diluted net income per common share (5) 
Shares used to compute basic net income per common 

share 

Shares used to compute diluted net income per common 

share 

Excise taxes (1) 
Cigarette inventory holding gains (6) 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains (7) 
LIFO expense (8) 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Capital expenditures 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 
2015 
1,934.5 
880.6 
2,815.1 
2,645.0 
170.1 
91.7 
48.4 
0.8 
140.9 
29.2 
(0.6)   
0.1 
(0.5)   
28.2 
(10.5)   
17.7 
0.39 
0.38 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

Three Months Ended  
(in millions, except per share data) 
September 30, 
2015 
2,049.6 
942.0 
2,991.6 
2,820.0 
171.6 
92.8 
52.8 
0.6 
146.2 
25.4 
(0.6)   
0.1 
(0.7)   
24.2 
(9.1)   
15.1 
0.33 
0.33 

June 30, 
2015 
1,899.1 
911.3 
2,810.4 
2,651.5 
158.9 
88.6 
47.5 
0.6 
136.7 
22.2 
(0.7)   
0.1 
(0.2)   
21.4 
(8.2)   
13.2 
0.29 
0.29 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

March 31, 
2015 
1,645.3 
807.0 
2,452.3 
2,315.0 
137.3 
79.5 
47.3 
0.6 
127.4 
9.9 
(0.6) 
0.2 
(0.4) 
9.1 
(3.6) 
5.5 
0.12 
0.12 

46.4 

46.8 

  $ 

566.7 
4.7 
0.7 
(7.3)   
9.6 
2.0 
5.6 

  $ 

46.2 

46.6 

607.1 
0.6 
8.3 
3.3 
9.9 
2.7 
10.3 

  $ 

46.2 

46.6 

554.2 
3.8 
— 
3.5 
9.7 
2.1 
11.7 

46.4 

46.6 

483.7 
1.0 
— 
2.4 
8.7 
1.9 
2.7 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales and cost of goods sold. 
Includes OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, of $0.8 million in Q2 and $0.9 million in Q1 2015. 
Warehousing  and distribution expenses  are  not  included  as  a  component  of  the  Company’s  cost  of goods  sold.  This  presentation  may  differ  from  that  of 
other registrants. 
Selling,  general  and  administrative  (“SG&A”)  expenses  include  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  of  $1.8  million  related  primarily  to  the  addition  of 
Karrys Bros., consisting of $0.3 million in Q4, $0.4 million in Q3, $0.8 million in Q2, and $0.3 million in Q1. SG&A expenses also include $1.6 million 
related to pension settlements, consisting of $0.7 million in Q4 and $0.9 million in Q3. 
Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding. 
Cigarette inventory holding gains represent income related to cigarette inventories on hand at the time cigarette manufacturers increase their prices. Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 
Cigarette  tax  stamp  inventory  holding  gains  relate  to  income  earned  on  cigarette  tax  stamp  inventory  quantities  on  hand  at  the  time  taxing  jurisdictions 
increase their excise taxes. 
LIFO expense decrease in 2015 was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as 
published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

We conducted, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the chief executive officer and 
chief  financial  officer,  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on our evaluation, the chief 
executive  officer  and  chief  financial  officer  concluded  that,  as  of December 31,  2016, our  disclosure controls  and procedures were 
effective.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined 
in  Rule  13a-15(f)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  We  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016.  In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013), issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

Based on this assessment, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 
2016. Our  assessment  of  the  effectiveness of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting as  of December  31, 2016 did  not  include  the 
internal  controls  of  Pine  State  Convenience,  which  we  acquired  on  June  6,  2016,  as  permitted  by  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission guidelines that allow companies to exclude certain acquisitions from their assessment of internal control over financial 
reporting  during  the  first  year  of  an  acquisition.  The  total  assets  and  total  revenues  of  Pine  State  Convenience  represented 
approximately 9% of the Company’s total assets as of December 31, 2016, approximately 4% of its total revenues, and approximately 
8% of income before income taxes of the consolidated financial statement amounts for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016  has  been  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  our 

independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

In  February  2016,  we  migrated  certain  of  our  accounting  and  financial  systems,  including  underlying  processes,  to  SAP 
software.  This  conversion  impacted  internal  processes  and  controls  for  business  activities  including,  but  not  limited  to,  processing 
vendor  payments  and  customer  receipts  as  well  as  financial  reporting.  There  were  no  other  changes  in  our  internal  control  over 
financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

75 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the following captions and is incorporated herein by reference thereto: “Nominees for Director,” “Board of Directors,” “Our Executive 
Officers,” and “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the  following  captions  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  thereto:  “Board  of  Directors-Director  Compensation,”  “Board  of 
Directors-Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation 
Committee Report,” and “Compensation of Named Executives.”  

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the captions “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by 
reference thereto.  

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the  following  caption  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein  by  reference  thereto:  “Board  of  Directors-Certain  Relationships  and 
Related Transactions,” “Board of Directors-Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Board of Directors-Corporate Governance.”  

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the caption “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm-Auditor Fees” and is incorporated herein by 
reference thereto. 

76 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

We have filed the following documents as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

PART IV 

1. 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedules 

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in millions)  

Balance at 
Beginning of 
Period 

Charged to Costs 
and Expenses 

Deductions 

Charged to 
Other Accounts   

Balance at End 
of Period 

Year Ended December 31, 2016 

Allowances for: 
Trade receivables 
Inventory reserves 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Allowances for: 
Trade receivables 
Inventory reserves 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Allowances for: 
Trade receivables 
Inventory reserves 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

10.9 
0.7 
11.6 

  $ 

  $ 

2.0 
20.9 
22.9 

  $ 

  $ 

(6.0)    $ 
(20.8)   
(26.8)    $ 

0.2 
— 
0.2 

  $ 

  $ 

10.8 
0.6 
11.4 

  $ 

  $ 

1.3 
18.6 
19.9 

  $ 

  $ 

(1.3)    $ 
(18.5)   
(19.8)    $ 

0.1 
— 
0.1 

  $ 

  $ 

9.4 
0.8 
10.2 

  $ 

  $ 

2.2 
16.4 
18.6 

  $ 

  $ 

(0.7)    $ 
(16.6)   
(17.3)    $ 

(0.1)    $ 

— 

(0.1)    $ 

7.1 
0.8 
7.9 

10.9 
0.7 
11.6 

10.8 
0.6 
11.4 

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise 

included. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. 

Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit  
No. 
2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Description 
Third  Amended  and  Revised  Joint  Plan  of  Reorganization  of  Fleming  Companies,  Inc.  and  its  Subsidiaries  Under
Chapter  11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code, dated May  25, 2004  (incorporated by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1 of  the  Company’s
Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  of  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2015). 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2
of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2008). 

2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule
14A filed on April 23, 2007). 

Statement  of  Policy  Regarding  2007  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.1  of  the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2007). 

2010  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended,  effective  May  20,  2014)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  II  of  the
Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 8, 2014). 

Form of Management Option Award Agreement for Awards under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on 
March 13, 2009). 

Form of Non-Employee Director RSU Award Agreement under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term 
Incentive  Plan.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7  of  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  on 
February 26, 2016.) 

Form of Management RSU Award Agreement under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 
2016.) 

Form of Performance RSU Award Agreement under the Core- Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 26, 
2016.) 

Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  for  Officers  and  Directors  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 2004, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and the parties listed
on Schedule I attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

10.10  Credit  Agreement, dated October 12, 2005,  among  Core-Mark Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  International,  Inc., 
Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., 
Core-Mark  Interrelated  Companies,  Inc.,  Head  Distributing  Company  and  Minter-Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the
Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, General Electric Capital
Corporation  and  Wachovia  Capital  Finance  Corporation  (Western),  as  Co-Syndication  Agents  and  Bank  of  America,
N.A. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005). 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit  
No. 
10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

Description 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 4, 2007, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2009). 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2008). 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 2, 2010, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010). 

Fourth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  5,  2011,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2011). 

Fifth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  30,  2013,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2013). 

Sixth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  21,  2015,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. 
and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
May 22, 2015). 

Seventh  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  January  11,  2016,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-
Mark  International,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Midcontinent,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Interrelated  Companies,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
Distributors,  Inc.  and  Minter-Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2016). 

Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 16, 2016, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. 
and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
May 17, 2016). 

10.19  Ninth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  November  4,  2016,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-
Mark  International,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Midcontinent,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Interrelated  Companies,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
Distributors,  Inc.  and  Minter-Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan
Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Company’s  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 11, 2016). 

10.20 

Pledge  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  October  12,  2005,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., 
Inc., as Grantors and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 
of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005). 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit  
No. 

Description 

11.1 

Statement of Computation of Earnings Per Share (required information contained within this Annual Report on Form 10-
K). 

21.1 

List of Subsidiaries of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 

23.1 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

32.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES 

Date:  March 1, 2017 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. 

By: /s/ THOMAS B. PERKINS 

Thomas B. Perkins 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

SIGNATURE 

TITLE 

DATE 

/s/ THOMAS B. PERKINS 
Thomas B. Perkins 

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

March 1, 2017 

(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER M. MILLER 
Christopher M. Miller 

  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer) 

March 1, 2017 

/ S / RANDOLPH I. THORNTON 
Randolph I. Thornton 

  Chairman of the Board of Directors 

March 1, 2017 

/ S / ROBERT A. ALLEN 
Robert A. Allen 

/ S / STUART W. BOOTH 
Stuart W. Booth 

/ S / GARY F. COLTER 
Gary F. Colter 

/s/ LAURA FLANAGAN 
Laura Flanagan 

/ S / ROBERT G. GROSS 
Robert G. Gross 

/ S / HARVEY L. TEPNER 
Harvey L. Tepner 

/S/ J. MICHAEL WALSH 
J. Michael Walsh 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

  Director 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

March 1, 2017 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

Corporate Directory & Information

Executive Management

Board of Directors

Thomas B. Perkins
President & Chief Executive 
Officer

Christopher M. Miller
Senior Vice President  
& Chief Financial Officer

Christopher K. Hobson
Senior Vice President,
Sales & Marketing

Scott E. McPherson
Senior Vice President,
Business Operations  
& Strategic Opportunities

William G. Stein
Senior Vice President,
Eastern Divisions

Christopher L. Walsh
Senior Vice President,
Western Divisions

Eric J. Rolheiser
Senior Vice President, 
Northern Divisions  
& President of Canada 

Randolph I. Thornton
Chairman of the Board
Comdisco Holding Company, Inc.,
President & Chief Executive 
Officer

Thomas B. Perkins
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.,
President & Chief Executive 
Officer

Robert A. Allen
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.,
Retired Chief Executive Officer

Stuart W. Booth
Central Garden & Pet Company,
Retired Chief Financial Officer

Gary F. Colter
CRS, Inc.,  
President

Laura Flanagan
Foster Farms, 
Chief Executive Officer

Robert G. Gross
Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.,
Executive Chairman

Harvey L. Tepner
WL Ross & Company, LLC,
Former Principal

J. Michael Walsh
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.,
Former President &  
Chief Executive Officer

Headquarters
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche LLP

Transfer Agent
Wells Fargo Shareowner Services

1 1 10 Centre Pointe Curve

Mendota Heights, MN 55120

1-800-468-971 6

Annual Shareholders Meeting
The Annual Meeting will be held on May

23rd at 10:00 a.m. at the Hyatt Regency 

San Francisco Airport Hotel located at 

1333 Bayshore Hwy, Burlingame, CA 94010

Common Stock Trades
NASDAQ – Global Select under the

symbol CORE

Legal Counsel
Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP

Redwood Shores, CA

Investor Relations
For further information about Core-Mark 

Holding Company, Inc. including additional 

copies of this report, Form 10-K or other 

financial information, please contact:

Ms. Milton Gray Draper

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415

South San Francisco, CA 94080

650-589-9445

Additional Information
www.core-mark.com

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415

South San Francisco, CA 94080

www.core-mark.com